Sie sind auf Seite 1von 132

Air Slide Table

New

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25

RoHS

Reduced in height

10% reduction

27 mm
(Conventional model: 30 mm)

Product weight

22% reduction

298 g
(Conventional model: 380 g)

Allowable kinetic energy

64% improvement

Reduced in height and weight


with thinner table

0.09 J
(Conventional model: 0.055 J)

Comparison between the double ported type and conventional MXQ12-30 (without adjuster)

Thin table made of the special stainless steel


Durable material with the same strength as the conventional model

2 combinations of the guide and


cylinder bore size available
Page

Double ported type


2
Increase a flexibility of wiring and
piping with piping ports and auto switch
mounting grooves on both sides.

30

27

Bore size

Bore size

12

1 guide!
For MXQ12A

30

23

For MXQ8B
Page

Single side ported type


44
Better visibility for auto switches.
Indicator LED can be checked from one
side when used with a short stroke.

30

Low thrust with high rigidity type Page


30
Combination with a cylinder of one bore
size smaller increases rigidity according
to thrust. Possible to reduce in height.

4 bodies!

Heig interchangeable type Page


Height
56
Height interchangeable with the
conventional MXQ series.

30

27
For MXQ12C

Bore size

Bore size

12

12

For MXQ12

Series MXQ
CAT.EUS20-211A-UK

Series MXQ

2 combinations of the guide and cylinder bore size available


Double ported type
MXQA
 Height reduced by

Page
2

10% of the conventional model

30 mm 27 mm
 Weight reduced by

Improved visibility

22%

380 g 298 g

Pilot port
For 16

For MXQ12A-30ZN

Two auto switch mounting grooves

Combination chart of guide size and cylinder size


Guide size
Guide
Small

 Piping ports and auto switch mounting grooves

are provided on both sides.


Maximum load weight

Bore
size
When the height needs to be the same as the conventional
model, choose the MXQ, height interchangeable type.

32 mm

0.6 kg

23
mm

Purpose of usage q
Rigidity of the guide and large surface of the table
are necessary but thrust is not needed.
Application s Horizontal transfer of a workpiece,
example
transfer of tools, low thrust clamping

32 mm

1 kg

Purpose
e of usage q

23 mm

Purpose of usage w
40 mm

Purpose of usage w

2 kg

12

27
mm

Guide with higher rigidity is necessary without


changing the thrust from the conventional model.
Application s Transfer of a workpiece
example
with an increased overhang
s High accuracy and high thrust clamping

50 mm

4 kg

16

35 mm

60 mm

6 kg

20

43 mm

70 mm

Guide
Large

Features 1

9 kg

25

52 mm
Size 16, 20, 25 have two auto
switch mounting grooves on both
sides.

Air Slide Table

Select the best actuator with guide according to the application.


Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQB

Single side ported type Page Height interchangeable type Page


44
56
MXQC
MXQ

Page
30

Guide rigidity according to thrust improved


 Guide

 Cylinder

can be downsized
when load is light!
s Reduced

in height
s Reduced in air consumption
s Light weight
Bore
size

 Compact design,
with two auto
switch mounting
grooves on one
side

Bore
size

 Same height as the


conventional model

Applicable to 8 and 12 only

rigidity improved by 50%

(For MXQ8B and MXQ8A)

 Compact body with


good switch visibility

 Visibility of auto
switches improved
 Interchangeable in
mounting with the
conventional model

Bore
size

Not available.
Use the MXQ, height
interchangeable type.

20 mm
Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

20 mm

Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

23 mm

12

Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

12

30 mm

21 mm

Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

27 mm

Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

12

30 mm
Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

16

23 mm

16

37 mm

20

46

Standard/Symmetric type
(Figure shows standard model.)

16

20

37 mm

46 mm
Sizes 16 and 20 have two auto switch mounting grooves
on both sides.

20

25

Not available.
Use the MXQA,
double ported type.

mm

25

55
mm
Sizes 16, 20, 25 have two auto
switch mounting grooves on both sides.

Features 2

Series MXQ
Stroke adjuster (Option)

Allowable kinetic energy improved


Allowable kinetic energy improved by reducing weight of the movable parts

Stroke adjuster is positioned in the centre.


Play at the stroke end reduced.

Speed - Load weight

Load weight [kg]

2.5

Deflection

Allowable kinetic energy improved

1.5

Conventional model

1
0.5
0

Stroke adjuster

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

Speed [mm/s]

Table configuration for better function and easier maintenance


Dowel pin holes

Dowel pin holes

positioned in the centre

positioned in the centre

Round shape
designed for safety

2-colour indication
solid state auto switch
capable (D-M9)

Dowel pin holes interchangeable


with the conventional model
Body mounting reference plane

Height interchangeable type

The mounting dimensions are equivalent to the conventional MXQ series


 Workpiece mounting
Mounting screw O.D. and thread positions have
interchangeability with the conventional MXQ series.
Thread spacing

Thread spacing

Position from the end

Threads at the end plate


have no interchangeability.

 Body mounting
Two methods of mounting available
Body mounting threads and spacing have
interchangeability with the conventional MXQ series.
Lateral mounting (Body tapped)

Lateral mounting (Through hole)

Workpiece mounting hole

Various stroke adjusters (Option)


 Metal Stopper with Bumper
High accuracy with the integrated construction
of the bumper and metal stopper: Repeated
positioning accuracy 0.05 or less
Improved cycle time
Operating speed 300 mm/sec
(Conventional model: 200 mm/sec)
(Compared with a stopper of the conventional MXQ series)

 Shock Absorber
Soft type: RJ series
Suitable for operation which requires gentle stop
such as a light weight workpiece transfer or low
speed transfer.

 Rubber Stopper
Impact reduced by 1/2 compared with the model
without stroke adjuster.

Features 3

Operating Principle/Metal Stopper with Bumper


Bumper absorbs impact at an initial stage.
Table

Positioning part

Body Metal stopper with bumper

Bumper

Bumper goes into the adjustment bolt, and the metal stopper performs
highly accurate positioning at the end of the adjustment bolt.
(Repeated positioning accuracy: 0.05 or less)
Metal stopper

Air Slide Table


Shorter total length type for table is now available.
Shorter total length

Total length shortened 8.5 mm


70 mm (Basic type 78.5 mm) (For MXQ8A-20)

Removed mounting part of


extension stroke end adjuster

Extension stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted.

Series Variations
Standard stroke [mm]

Series
Bore
size
[mm]

Double ported type


Series MXQA

Single side ported type Height interchangeable type


Series MXQC
Series MXQ

10

20

30

40

50

75

Functional
option

Adjuster
option

100 125 150

Standard type Symmetric type Standard type Symmetric type

6
8
12
16
20
25

Metal stopper with bumper With buffer


Rubber stopper With end lock
Shock absorber Axial piping

Bore
size
[mm]

Low thrust with high rigidity type


Series MXQB
Standard type Symmetric type

Standard stroke [mm]

10

20

30

40

50

75

Adjuster
option

100 125 150

6
8
12
16
20

Metal stopper with bumper


Rubber stopper
Shock absorber

Functional Option
With buffer

mechan
mechanism

 Protects workpieces
eces and tools
tools, etc
etc., by elimina
eliminating
impact at the extension stroke end.
 Buffer unit is auto switch capable.

With end lock


 Holds the cylinder's home position to prevent dropping of
the workpiece even if the air supply is cut off.
Supply port
for cylinder

Lock
lever

Buffer mechanism operating condition

Spring

Magnet
Normally OFF
Auto switch ON is buffer in operation.

Buffer
stroke

Magnet
Normally ON
Auto switch OFF is buffer in operation.

Normal condition

Locked

Unlocked

By changing the mounting angle of auto switches,


setting of normally ON/OFF can be changed.

Axial piping

Application Example
In workpiece insertion processes when there is a
problem such as faulty positioning, the buffer
mechanism absorbs the shock from the workpiece
impact to prevent damage.

Buffer
mechanism

 Centralised piping in axial direction to maintain


clear space around the body

Speed controller

Air gripper
Workpiece
NG

Features 4

INDEX

Air Slide Table Series MXQ

Double ported type


Series MXQ A

When the features as shown below are required for 8 and 12 sizes,
refer to the MXQC, single side ported type.
s Two auto switch mounting grooves are required on one side.
(Two auto switches can be mounted on one side when stroke is short.)
s Lower height than the MXQA is required (for 8).

How to Order Page 2


Specifications Page 3
Optional Specifications Page 4
Dimensions: 6 Page 5
8 Page 9
12 Page 13
16 Page 17
20 Page 21
25 Page 25

Low thrust with high rigidity type


Series MXQ B

How to Order
Specifications
Optional Specifications
Dimensions: 6
8
12
16
20

Page 30
Page 31
Page 32
Page 33
Page 35
Page 37
Page 39
Page 41

Single side ported type


Series MXQ C

How to Order
Specifications
Dimensions: 8
12

Page 44
Page 45

When the features as shown below


are required for 8 and 12 sizes,
refer to the MXQA, double ported type.
s Auto switch mounting groove and air piping are provided on both sides
(for increased flexibility in piping and wiring).

Height interchangeable type


Series MXQ 

Page 47
Page 51

Page 56
Specifications Page 57
Dimensions: 6 Page 59
8 Page 63
12 Page 67
16 Page 71
20 Page 75
25 Page 79
How to Order

 Common Adjuster Options Page 83


 Auto Switch Mounting Page 85
 Prior to Use: Auto Switch Connection and Example Page 86
 Made to Order Page 87
 Model Selection Page 92
 Specific Product Precautions Page 125
 Safety Instructions Back cover

Series MXQ A
6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25

Double ported type


MXQA

Air Slide Table


Double ported type

RoHS

How to Order

M9BW

MXQ 12 A 30 ZA

Port
Switch mounting groove

10, 20, 30, 40, 50

Functional option

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75

12

An auto switch mounting groove at each side


Port
Port
Switch mounting groove
Switch mounting groove

16
20

Symbol
Functional option

Without functional option


1
With buffer
2
With end lock
3
Axial piping Note 7)
4
With buffer, end lock
5
With buffer, axial piping

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100


10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150

25

Two auto switch mounting grooves on both sides

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150

S
n

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

Auto switch
Without auto switch

For applicable auto switches,


refer to the table below.

Adjuster option/Functional option combinations


Symbol

Z
ZA
ZB
ZC
ZD
ZE
ZF
ZG
ZH
ZJ
ZN
ZP
ZQ
ZS

Adjuster
Functional option combination
mounting position Note 1)

1
2
3
4
5
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Without functional option Buffer Note 2) 3) End lock Note 4) Axial piping Buffer and end lock Note 2) 4) Buffer and axial piping Note 2)

Without adjuster









Metal stopper with bumper








(Not available for 6)
















Rubber stopper













Shock absorber (RJ)



Note 5) Without adjuster


 Note 6)
 Note 6)
Shorter total Rubber stopper


length type Shock absorber (RJ)




Metal stopper with bumper(Not available for 6)




Adjuster type

Note 1) : Shipped together with the product, but not assembled. Without any symbols
for the adjuster mounting position, the adjuster can be mounted afterward.
Note 2) For buffer mechanism, buffer stroke will be shorter for the stroke that is
adjusted by the extension stroke end adjuster.
Note 3) When retraction stroke end adjuster with buffer mechanism is needed, use
the centralised adjuster specification (-X27). End lock or axial piping option
cannot be mounted to the centralised adjuster specification model.

Note 4) Extension stroke end adjuster with end lock mechanism is available as
long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28). The adjustment nut
cannot be tightened with the standard adjuster.
Note 5) Extension stroke end adjuster mounting holes are removed to reduce the
total length.
Note 6) Shorter total length type can be used, but the retraction stroke end adjuster
cannot be mounted afterward.
Note 7) For axial piping of the MXQA, piping port on the both sides cannot be used.

Adjuster Mounting Position


Retraction stroke
end adjuster

Shorter total length type

Extension stroke
end adjuster
Extend

Extension stroke end adjuster mounting part is cut off to reduce the total length of the table.

Retract

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3 for further information on auto switches.
Special function

Electrical Indicator
light
entry

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Diagnostic indication
Grommet Yes 3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indication)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Water resistant
3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indication)
2-wire

DC

Auto switch model


AC

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA

5V, 12 V

12 V
24 V

5 V, 12 V
12 V
5V, 12 V
12 V

Lead wire length [m]


Pre-wired
Applicable load
0.5 1 3 5
connector
() (M) (L) (Z)
   

IC

   


   
   

Relay,
IC
   

PLC

   


   
IC

   
   


Made to Order

Solid state auto switch

Type

Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case, SMC cannot guarantee water resistance. Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m (Example) M9NW


1 m M (Example) M9NWM
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ

Auto Switch
Mounting

Port
Switch mounting groove

Number of
auto switches

Standard stroke [mm]

Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 85 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3.
Auto switches are shipped together (but not assembled).

Model Selection

Body option:
Double ported type
A

Common Adjuster
Options

Refer to page 3 for details.


Bore
size

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Made to Order

Series MXQ A
Specifications
Bore size [mm]
Piping port size
Fluid
Action
Operating pressure
Proof pressure
Ambient and fluid temperature
Operating speed range
(Average operating speed)
Cushion (Without stroke adjuster)
Cushion (With stroke adjuster)
Lubrication

12
16
20
25
M5 x 0.8
Air
Double acting
0.15 to 0.7 MPa Note) (End lock: 0.35 to 0.7 MPa)
1.05 MPa
10 to 60C
50 to 500 mm/s (Metal stopper with bumper: 50 to 300 mm/s)
in the standard stroke table: 50 to 300 mm/s
Internal rubber bumper
Metal stopper with bumper, Rubber stopper, Shock absorber
Non-lube
Solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)
Auto switch
2-colour indication solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)
+2 to 0 mm
Stroke length tolerance
Note) Refer to page 4 for the minimum operating pressure for metal stopper with bumper. If the operating
pressure is lower than the minimum operating pressure, repeated accuracy becomes worse.
Minimum operating pressure of metal stopper with bumper: Pressure required to fully
compress the protrusion of the bumper to get in contact with the metal part.
Operating pressure for the bore size 20 cylinder with shock absorber is 0.15 to 0.6 MPa.

Standard Stroke
Standard stroke [mm]
Model
MXQ6A
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
MXQ8A
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75
MXQ12A
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100
MXQ16A
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125
MXQ20A
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
MXQ25A
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
Note) Operating speed range is 50 to 300 mm/s. (Without stroke adjuster)

Madeeto
Ord r Made to Order

(For details, refer to pages 87 to 91.)

Symbol

-X7
-X9
-X11
-X12
-X27
-X28
-X33
-X39
-X42
-X45

Specifications
PTFE grease
Grease for food processing equipment
Long adjustment bolt
(Longer adjustment range by 10 mm)
Long adjustment bolt
(Longer adjustment range by 20 mm)
Centralised adjuster
Long adjustment nut and bolt
Without built-in auto switch magnet
Fluororubber seal
Anti-corrosive guide unit
EPDM seal

Theoretical Output
The dual rod ensures an output twice that of existing cylinders.
Operating pressure [MPa]
Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area
[mm2]
direction
[mm]
[mm]
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
OUT
11
17
23
29
34
57
6
3
IN
8
13
17
21
25
42
OUT
20
30
40
51
61
101
8
4
IN
15
23
30
38
45
75
OUT
45
68
90
113
136
226
12
6
IN
34
51
68
85
102
170
OUT
80
121
161
201
241
402
16
6
IN
346
69
104
138
173
207
OUT
628
126
188
251
314
377
20
8
IN
528
106
158
211
264
317
OUT
982
196
295
393
491
589
25
10
IN
825
165
247
330
412
495

[N]
0.7
40
29
71
53
158
119
281
242
440
369
687
577

Weight
Standard stroke [mm]
Model
50
75
100
10
20
30
40
MXQ6A
130
170
190
210

130
MXQ8A
140
160
180
210
270
290

MXQ12A
270
290
310
370
400
540
610
MXQ16A
670
810 1,000
480
510
550
630
MXQ20A
840
870
950 1,100 1,300 1,600
840
MXQ25A
1,400 1,400 1,500 1,500 1,900 2,000 2,300
Note) Value in the ( ) is the additional weight for the shock absorber.

Maximum Load Weight


Model
MXQ6A
MXQ8A
MXQ12A
MXQ16A
MXQ20A
MXQ25A

[kg]
Without adjuster
Adjuster option
Internal rubber Rubber Metal stopper Shock absorber (RJ)
bumper
stopper with bumper Horizontal
Vertical

0.6
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1.5
1
4
4
4
4
2.5
6
6
6
6
9
9
9
9
6

125

1,100
1,900
2,900

[g]
Reduction of the shorter Additional weight of adjuster option
Extra for option
total length type Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end End lock Buffer Axial piping
150
6

10
8
40
30
6

10
8
60
30
12

20
16
80
70 No addition
21

40
30
150
120
33
2,000
70
50(80)
400
190
60
3,100
110
80
700
310

Allowable Kinetic Energy


Model
MXQ6A
MXQ8A
MXQ12A
MXQ16A
MXQ20A
MXQ25A

Without adjuster
Internal rubber
bumper
0.026
0.033
0.09
0.1
0.2
0.32

Rubber
stopper
0.051
0.053
0.11
0.18
0.34
0.51

[J]
Adjuster option
Metal stopper Shock absorber
(RJ)
with bumper

0.14
0.016
0.17
0.034
0.24
0.07
0.61
0.10
1.2
0.15
1.3

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Series MXQ A

Double ported type


MXQA

Optional Specifications

Model

MXQ6A

MXQ8A

12

12

MXQ12A
MXQ16A
0.35 to 0.7

Operating pressure range [MPa]


Holding force [N]

23

MXQ20A

MXQ25A

70

110

45

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

With End Lock

With Buffer Mechanism


Model

MXQ6A

MXQ8A
MXQ12A
MXQ16A
MXQ20A
50 to 500 (Horizontal mounting 50 to 300)

Operating speed range [mm/s]


Buffer stroke [mm]
Buffer stroke load [N]

MXQ25A

10

Stroke at 0 [mm]

16

25

40

Maximum stroke

15

24

38

59

Applicable Auto Switch to Buffer


Type
Solid state auto switch

Model

Specifications
With light, 2-wire

Electrical entry direction

D-M9BV
D-M9NV

With light, 3-wire, Output: NPN

Vertical

D-M9PV

With light, 3-wire, Output: PNP

Adjusters
Applicable slide table
Model (Metal stopper with bumper only)
Max. absorbed energy [J]

MXQ8A
MXQA-A887

MXQ12A
MXQA-A1287

MXQ16A
MXQA-A1687

MXQ20A
MXQA-A2087

MXQ25A
MXQA-A2587
0.18

0.018

0.04

0.08

0.12

Stroke absorption [mm]

2.8

3.6

4.4

5.5

Full compression force of bumper [N]

20

42

65

97

154

Min. operating pressure of metal


stopper with bumper [MPa]

0.3

0.3

0.2

0.2

0.2

14

25

42

65

Weight [g]

Common Adjuster
Options

Metal Stopper with Bumper

Mounting screw size [mm]


M6 x 0.75
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5
Pressure required to fully compress the protrusion of the bumper when mounted horizontally to get in contact with the metal part.
Consider the additional weight of the load when mounted in the vertical direction. Not available for 6.
Applicable slide table
Model (Rubber stopper only)

MXQ6A
MXQ8A
MXQA-A827

MXQ12A
MXQA-A1227

MXQ16A
MXQA-A1627

MXQ20A
MXQA-A2027

MXQ25A
MXQA-A2527

0.06

0.12

0.2

0.4

0.6

14

25

42

65

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M12 x 1

M14 x 1.5

RJ0603N

MXQ12A
RJ0805N

MXQ16A
RJ1006N

MXQ20A
RJ1007HN

MXQ25A
RJ1410N

0.35

0.5

1.5

3.7

10

Max. absorbed energy [J]


Weight [g]
Mounting screw size [mm]

Auto Switch
Mounting

Rubber Stopper

Model (Shock absorber only)


Max. absorbed energy [J]
Stroke absorption [mm]

MXQ6A

MXQ8A

Collision speed [mm/s]

50 to 500

Max. operating frequency [cycle/min]

80

80

70

45

Max. allowable thrust [N]

150

245

422

814

Spring force (Extended) [N]

1.3

2.8

5.4

6.4

Spring force (Compressed) [N]

3.9

4.9

15

Weight [g]

5.5

15

23

65

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M14 x 1.5

Mounting screw size [mm]

Model Selection

Applicable slide table

Made to Order

Shock Absorber (RJ)

Series MXQ A
Dimensions: MXQ

6A-Z Standard type

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

(NN 1) x H G

5.8
6

A
3.2

6.5

8.3

NN x M4 x 0.7 tapped through hole

+0.025
0

3H9 (

) depth 2

Section A-A

3H9 (

HB

GB

+0.025
0

) depth 2

20

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

5.5

+0.025
0

) depth 1.5

3H9 (

+0.025
0

18

Bottom view
of MXQ6A-30Z

Z
ZZ

3H9 (

16

) depth 1.5

4.1(Maximum screw-in depth)

3.5

2.1(Minimum screw-in depth)

23
15

21
17

14

34

32

MXQ

6A [Standard]

Section B-B

N 1 xF

N x M3 x 0.5 Note 1) 2)

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5.5

11

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ6A-10Z

F
22

G
18

GB
9

H
23

HB
38

I
10

J
27.5

M
64.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
50

ZZ
60

MXQ6A-20Z

25

MXQ6A-30Z

21

15

26

38

10

27.5

74.5

50

60

12

48

13

37.5

95.5

63

MXQ6A-40Z

73

26

10

24

28

48

15

47.5

107.5

75

MXQ6A-50Z

85

27

20

34

28

48

15

57.5

117.5

85

95

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

6A-

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

6A [Adjuster Option]
With adjuster option (6)

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 12

16.6

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

16.6

Width across flats 8

0.5
5

Max. 17
31.5

Adjustment range 10
Max. 15

31.5

Both ends

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end shock absorber
(M6 x 0.75)
1

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)
Width across flats 8
Adjustment range 5

Width across flats 8


0.5

Max. 15
29.3

Adjustment range 3
Max. 13

29.3

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

6A-ZN Shorter total length type


Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing

the extension stroke end adjuster mounting


holes, an extension stroke end adjuster
cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)

Model

[mm]

MXQ6A-10ZN

M
55

MXQ6A-20ZN

65

MXQ6A-30ZN

86

MXQ6A-40ZN

98

MXQ6A-50ZN

108

Auto Switch
Mounting

Dimensions
M

Made to Order

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Model Selection

MXQ

Common Adjuster
Options

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

Series MXQ A

6A [Functional Option]

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

6A-Z1 With buffer (6)


Dimensions

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

16.6

2.3

M
17.5

ZZ

21

31.4

15

MXQ6A-10Z1

M
81.5

M
72

MXQ6A-20Z1

91.5

82

ZZ
77

MXQ6A-30Z1

112.5

103

90

MXQ6A-40Z1

124.5

115

102

MXQ6A-50Z1

134.5

125

112

28
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

6A-Z2 With end lock, without adjuster (6)


Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)

Dimensions
Model
MXQ6A-10Z2

8.5

MXQ6A-20Z2
MXQ6A-30Z2

5.5

34

23
3
5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


0.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

6A-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (6)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

0.5

Adjustment range 15

10

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

Width across flats 8


0.5
10

Max. 25
41.5

Max. 13
29.3

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Adjustment range 2

78.5
90.5

5.5

25

100.5

MXQ6A-10Z2

57.5

MXQ6A-50Z2

7.5

MXQ6A-40Z2

[mm]
J

33

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Dimensions: MXQ

[Functional Option]

6A-Z3 Axial piping (6)

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

6A

Series MXQ A

26.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

6A-Z4 With buffer, end lock (6)


17.5

Dimensions

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

[mm]

Model
MXQ6A-10Z4
MXQ6A-20Z4

5.5

16.6 2.3

MXQ

MXQ6A-30Z4

57.5

25

78.5

MXQ6A-40Z4

90.5

MXQ6A-50Z4

100.5

33

8.5

21

31.4

34

23

15

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5


5

28

5.5

7.5

0.5

Common Adjuster
Options

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ6A-10Z4

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Auto Switch
Mounting

6A-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (6)


16.6 2.3

17.5

31.4

26.4
5

28

Made to Order

15

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

21

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Model Selection

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Series MXQ A
Dimensions: MXQ

8A-Z Standard type


(NN 1) x H

+0.025
0

27

23

10

3H9 (

6.5

G
H

3H9 (+0.025
) depth 2
0

5.8

3.2

8.3

) depth 2

MXQ

8A [Standard]

NN x M4 x 0.7 tapped through hole

Section A-A

Bottom view
of MXQ8A-30Z

HB

GB
M

5.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

Z
ZZ

4.1(Maximum screw-in depth)

23

3H9 (+0.025
) depth 1.5
0

3.5

2.1(Minimum screw-in depth)

15

32

21
19

16

38

Section B-B

N x M3 x 0.5 Note 1) 2)

3H9 (

N 1 xF

+0.025
0

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

) depth 1.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5.5

12

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ8A-10Z

F
25

G
15

GB
9

H
25

HB
37

I
10

J
26.5

M
68.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
51

ZZ
61

MXQ8A-20Z

25

14

32.5

78.5

61

71

26

28

40

26

22

16

MXQ8A-30Z

40

14.5

42

88.5

71

81

MXQ8A-40Z

32

14

27

31

55

20

52.5

104.5

87

97

MXQ8A-50Z

46

16

54

29

55

37

62.5

131.5

114

124

MXQ8A-75Z

50

15

56

30

55

10

91.5

156.5

116

126

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

8A-

With adjuster option (8)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
16.6

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

16.6

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

Width across flats 8

0.5

Adjustment range 10

Adjustment range 8
Max. 13

Max. 15
30

30

Both ends

Rubber stopper

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M6 x 0.75)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 11

Width across flats 8

0.5
5

Adjustment range 9
Max. 15

Max. 17
31.5

31.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

1
Width across flats 8

Width across flats 8


0.5

Max. 15

Adjustment range 3
Max. 13

29.3

Retraction stroke end

29.3

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 5

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8A-ZN Shorter total length type


Dimensions
M

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension stroke end adjuster
mounting holes, an extension stroke
end adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)

Model

[mm]

MXQ8A-10ZN

M
60

MXQ8A-20ZN

70

MXQ8A-30ZN

80

MXQ8A-40ZN

96

MXQ8A-50ZN

123

MXQ8A-75ZN

148

Model Selection

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

8A [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

10

Series MXQ A
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

8A [Functional Option]

8A-Z1 With buffer (8)


Dimensions

ZZ

21

33.4

15

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

17.4

2.3

M
17

ZZ

MXQ8A-10Z1

M
85

M
76.5

77.5

MXQ8A-20Z1

95

86.5

87.5

MXQ8A-30Z1

105

96.5

97.5

MXQ8A-40Z1

121

112.5

113.5

MXQ8A-50Z1

148

139.5

140.5

MXQ8A-75Z1

173

164.5

142.5

28.5
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8A-Z2 With end lock (8)


Dimensions

5.5

MXQ

Model

38
3

3
26.4
3

8.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

[mm]

MXQ8A-10Z2

J
61.5

MXQ8A-20Z2

71.5

MXQ8A-30Z2

81.5

MXQ8A-40Z2

97.5

MXQ8A-50Z2

124.5

MXQ8A-75Z2

139.5

30

43

0.5

MXQ8A-75Z2
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5
5.5

7.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

8A-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (8)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

10

Adjustment range 13

0.5
10

Max. 23
40

Width across flats 8

Width across flats 8

0.5

Adjustment range 14

10

41.5

Adjustment range 1.6


Max. 13

Max. 25

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

11

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

29.3

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

8A-Z3 Axial piping (8)

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

8A [Functional Option]
30.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

8A-Z4 With buffer, end lock (8)


Dimensions

17

[mm]

MXQ8A-10Z4

J
61.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

MXQ8A-20Z4

71.5

MXQ8A-30Z4

81.5

5.5

17.4 2.3

Model

MXQ8A-40Z4

97.5

MXQ8A-50Z4

124.5

MXQ8A-75Z4

139.5

30

43

21

33.4

26.4
38
3

8.5

15

28.5

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Q
5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Common Adjuster
Options

5.5

0.5

MXQ8A-75Z4

7.5

Auto Switch
Mounting

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8A-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (8)


17

28.5

21

Model Selection

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

33.4

15

30.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Made to Order

17.4 2.3

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

12

Series MXQ A

12A [Standard]

Dimensions: MXQ

12A-Z Standard type


(NN 1) x H
4H9 (

7.4

G
H

) depth 2.5

29

11

4H9 (

8.5

A
4.2

39

+0.030
0

8.5

+0.030
0

) depth 2.5

MXQ

NN x M5 x 0.8 tapped through hole

Section A-A

HB

Bottom view
of MXQ12A-40Z

GB
M

5.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

Z
ZZ

4H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2
4H9 (

5.7 (Maximum screw-in depth)

+0.030
0

) depth 2

27

4.5

2.7 (Minimum screw-in depth)

17

40

27

49
24.5

20

Section B-B

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

N x M4 x 0.7 Note 1) 2)

N 1 xF
2

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5.5

16

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer to
pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

Dimensions
Model

13

[mm]

MXQ12A-10Z

F
28

G
17

GB
11

H
32

HB
46

I
11

J
32

M
82.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
62.5

ZZ
75

MXQ12A-20Z

28

19

11

32

48

13

MXQ12A-30Z

38

21

11

40

58

15

32

92.5

64.5

77

40

102.5

74.5

MXQ12A-40Z

34

27

60

87

23

50

120.5

92.5

105

MXQ12A-50Z

34

11

37

39

MXQ12A-75Z

36

25

41

36

60

23

60

130.5

102.5

115

100

42

85

174.5

146.5

MXQ12A-100Z

36

14

66

36

100

159

42

110

199.5

10

171.5

184

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

12A-

With adjuster option (12)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
18.9

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

18.9

Width across flats 4

Width across flats 4


Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

0.5
6.5

Adjustment range 10

6.5

Adjustment range 9

Max. 17

Max. 16
35

35

Both ends

Rubber stopper

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M8 x 1)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)
Width across flats 4

Width across flats 4


Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

0.5

Adjustment range 11

6.5

6.5

Adjustment range 10
Max. 17

Max. 18
36.5

36.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end shock absorber
(M8 x 1)

Common Adjuster
Options

Width across flats 7

Width across flats 7

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

0.5

Adjustment range 12

6.5

6.5

Adjustment range 11

40.8

Auto Switch
Mounting

Max. 22

Max. 23
40.8

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

12A-ZN Shorter total length type


Dimensions
M

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension stroke end adjuster
mounting holes, an extension stroke
end adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Model

[mm]

MXQ12A-10ZN

M
72

MXQ12A-20ZN

82

MXQ12A-30ZN

92

MXQ12A-40ZN

110

MXQ12A-50ZN

120

MXQ12A-75ZN

164

MXQ12A-100ZN

189

Model Selection

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

12A [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

14

Series MXQ A

12A [Functional Option]

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

12A-Z1 With buffer (12)


M

Dimensions

[mm]

21.5

Standard type Shorter total length type

22.4

Model

ZZ

27

41.4

17

ZZ

MXQ12A-10Z1

M
103.5

M
93

MXQ12A-20Z1

113.5

103

98

MXQ12A-30Z1

123.5

113

108

MXQ12A-40Z1

141.5

131

126

MXQ12A-50Z1

151.5

141

136

MXQ12A-75Z1

195.5

185

180

MXQ12A-100Z1

220.5

210

205

96

37
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

12A-Z2 With end lock (12)


Dimensions

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

11

5.5

Model

MXQ12A-10Z2
MXQ12A-20Z2

70

MXQ12A-30Z2

80

MXQ12A-40Z2

98

MXQ12A-50Z2

108

MXQ12A-75Z2

152

MXQ12A-100Z2

177

34.5
49

[mm]
J
68

3
3

8.5
30

MXQ12A-10Z2

5.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

12A-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (12)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across flats 4

Width across flats 4

Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

0.5

0.5
Adjustment range 15

11

Adjustment range 16

11

Max. 26
45

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

0.5

Width across flats 10

11

Adjustment range 12
Max. 28

Max. 27
46.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

15

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH


Width across flats 7

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

47.3

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

12A-Z3 Axial piping (12)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

41.4

MXQ

12A [Functional Option]

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

5.4

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for
the standard type.

MXQ

12A-Z4 With buffer, end lock (12)


Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)

22.4

5.5

11

21.5

27

41.4

49

34.5

17

8.5

5.5
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

[mm]

MXQ12A-10Z4

J
68

MXQ12A-20Z4

70

MXQ12A-30Z4

80

MXQ12A-40Z4

98

MXQ12A-50Z4

108

MXQ12A-75Z4

152

MXQ12A-100Z4

177

12A-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (12)

Auto Switch
Mounting

MXQ

Dimensions
Model

Common Adjuster
Options

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

30

MXQ12A-10Z4
37

22.4

21.5

5.4

37

Made to Order

27

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Model Selection

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

41.4

17

41.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

16

Series MXQ A
Dimensions: MXQ

16A-Z Standard type


G

(NN 1) x H
12.4

+0.030
0

5H9 (

8.7

) depth 3

MXQ

16A [Standard]
H

) depth 3

+0.030
0

5H9 (

10

5.1

9.5

NN x M6 x 1 tapped through hole

HB

Section A-A

GB
35

45

16

J
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)

+0.030
0

5H9 (

7.3 (Maximum screw-in depth)

5.5

Bottom view
of MXQ16A-50Z

ZZ

) depth 2

5H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2

35

5.5

3.3 (Minimum screw-in depth)

23

50

33
31

24

62

N
2

21

Section B-B

1 xF

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5.5

N x M5 x 0.8 Note 1) 2)

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer to
pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

Dimensions
Model

17

[mm]

MXQ16A-10Z

F
38

G
16

GB
8

H
39

HB
58

I
22

J
28

M
98.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
72.5

ZZ
87

MXQ16A-20Z

38

20

12

39

58

15

39

108.5

76.5

91

MXQ16A-30Z

48

21

30

48

50

16

48

118.5

86.5

101

MXQ16A-40Z

58

23

58

135.5

103.5

118

27

58

80

40

28

17

MXQ16A-50Z

80

28

63

145.5

113.5

128

MXQ16A-75Z

46

23

58

52

80

34

88

176.5

144.5

159

MXQ16A-100Z

44

39

102

44

80

53

113

220.5

188.5

203

MXQ16A-125Z

44

20

127

44

80

53

138

245.5

10

213.5

228

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

16A-

With adjuster option (16)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
25.2

25.2
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12


0.5
Adjustment range 10

Max. 18

Adjustment range 8
Max. 17

40

40

Both ends

Rubber stopper

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M10 x 1)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)
Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12


0.5

Adjustment range 11

Max. 20

Adjustment range 10
Max. 18

41.5

41.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12


Retraction stroke end shock absorber
(M10 x 1)

8
45.3

Retraction stroke end

Auto Switch
Mounting

45.3

Extension stroke end

16A-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Dimensions

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension stroke end adjuster
mounting holes, an extension stroke
end adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Model
MXQ16A-10ZN

[mm]
M
85

MXQ16A-20ZN

95

MXQ16A-30ZN

105

MXQ16A-40ZN

122

MXQ16A-50ZN

132

MXQ16A-75ZN

163

MXQ16A-100ZN

207

MXQ16A-125ZN

232

Model Selection

MXQ

Adjustment range 10
Max. 22

Max. 24

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Common Adjuster
Options

0.5

Adjustment range 12

Width across flats 9

Width across flats 9

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

16A [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

18

Series MXQ A
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

12A [Functional Option]


16A

16A-Z1 With buffer (16)


Dimensions

20.5

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

29

3.7

ZZ

33

49.4

23

ZZ

MXQ16A-10Z1

M
118.5

M
105

107

MXQ16A-20Z1

128.5

115

111

MXQ16A-30Z1

138.5

125

121

MXQ16A-40Z1

155.5

142

138

MXQ16A-50Z1

165.5

152

148

MXQ16A-75Z1

196.5

183

179

MXQ16A-100Z1

240.5

227

223

MXQ16A-125Z1

265.5

252

248

41
2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

MXQ

16A-Z2 With end lock (16)


Dimensions
13.8

5.5

Model
MXQ16A-10Z2
MXQ16A-20Z2
MXQ16A-30Z2
MXQ16A-40Z2
MXQ16A-50Z2
MXQ16A-75Z2
MXQ16A-100Z2
MXQ16A-125Z2

62

3
43
3

7.5

J
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)

[mm]
J
78
82
92
109
119
150
194
219

4.5

MXQ16-10Z2

33
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5.5

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

0.5

16A-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (16)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across flats 12


0.5

13

Adjustment range 14

Adjustment range 15

13

Max. 28
51.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

19

Width across flats 12

0.5
13

Max. 27
50

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across flats 12


0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across flats 9

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

Adjustment range 13
Max. 29

52.8

Series MXQA

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

16A-Z3 Axial piping (16)


52

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

5.5

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

13.8

16A-Z4 With buffer, end lock (16)


Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)
5.5

20.5

7.5

29

3.7

MXQ

33

43
62

49.4

23

4.5

MXQ16A-10Z4
3
3

41

Dimensions

33
5

Model
MXQ16A-10Z4
MXQ16A-20Z4
MXQ16A-30Z4
MXQ16A-40Z4
MXQ16A-50Z4
MXQ16A-75Z4
MXQ16A-100Z4
MXQ16A-125Z4

5.5

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

0.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Auto Switch
Mounting

16A-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (16)

52

3.7

20.5

Model Selection

41

5.5

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

29

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Made to Order

23

49.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

33

MXQ

[mm]
J
78
82
92
109
119
150
194
219

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

16A [Functional Option]

Common Adjuster
Options

Dimensions: MXQ

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

20

Series MXQ A
Dimensions: MXQ

20A-Z Standard type


(NN 1) x H

) depth 3

+0.030
0

5H9 (

5H9 (

10

9.5

10.7

5.1

16.3

+0.030
0

) depth 3

MXQ

20A [Standard]

NN x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

HB

Section A-A
36

16

48

GB

I
Z

ZZ

Bottom view
of MXQ20A-50Z

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)
5H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2

43

5.5

) depth 2

36

72

30

42

5H9 (

3.3 (Minimum screw-in depth)

29

+0.030
0

60

7.3 (Maximum screw-in depth)

N 1 xF

2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

27

Section B-B

F
N x M5 x 0.8 Note 1) 2)

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

I
7

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

Dimensions
Model

21

[mm]

MXQ20A-10Z

F
45

G
18

GB
8

H
46

HB
70

I
24.5

J
34

M
113.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
85

ZZ
104

MXQ20A-20Z

40

MXQ20A-30Z

48

18

46

70

24.5

34

123.5

85

104

28

18

46

70

22.5

46

133.5

95

MXQ20A-40Z

58

114

18

22.5

56

143.5

105

124

34

56

80

42

28

MXQ20A-50Z

80

30.5

64

159.5

121

140

MXQ20A-75Z

55

22

58

56

90

38.5

90

193.5

155

174

MXQ20A-100Z

50

16

108

56

90

63.5

115

266.5

205

224

MXQ20A-125Z

55

32

133

59

90

63.5

140

291.5

230

249

MXQ20A-150Z

62

48

158

62

90

63.5

165

316.5

255

274

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

20A-

With adjuster option (20)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
31.5

31.5
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M12 x 1)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 17

0.5
10

Adjustment range 10

Width across flats 17


Adjustment range 9

10

Max. 21

Max. 20
47

47

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M12 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6


Width across hexagon socket hole 6
Width across flats 17
Adjustment range 12

0.5

10

10

Max. 22

Width across flats 17


Adjustment range 11
Max. 21

48.5
48.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end shock absorber
(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12


0.5

Max. 15

Max. 18
45.3

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

45.3

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

20A-ZN Shorter total length type


Dimensions
M

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension stroke end adjuster
mounting holes, an extension stroke end
adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Model

[mm]

MXQ20A-10ZN

M
96

MXQ20A-20ZN

106

MXQ20A-30ZN

116

MXQ20A-40ZN

126

MXQ20A-50ZN

142

MXQ20A-75ZN

176

MXQ20A-100ZN

249

MXQ20A-125ZN

274

MXQ20A-150ZN

299

Model Selection

MXQ

Adjustment range 6

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 3

Common Adjuster
Options

Width across flats 9

Width across flats 9

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

20A [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

22

Series MXQ A

20A [Functional Option]

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

20A-Z1 With buffer (20)


Dimensions

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

35.7

3.8

18

ZZ

42

60

29

ZZ

MXQ20A-10Z1

M
131

M
113.5

MXQ20A-20Z1

141

123.5

MXQ20A-30Z1

151

133.5

131.5

MXQ20A-40Z1

161

143.5

141.5

MXQ20A-50Z1

177

159.5

157.5

MXQ20A-75Z1

211

193.5

191.5

MXQ20A-100Z1

284

266.5

241.5

MXQ20A-125Z1

309

291.5

266.5

MXQ20A-150Z1

334

316.5

291.5

121.5

44.5
2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

20A-Z2 With end lock (20)


MXQ20A-10Z2
5

MXQ20A-20Z2

[mm]
J

91.5

MXQ20A-30Z2

101.5

MXQ20A-40Z2

111.5

MXQ20A-50Z2

127.5

MXQ20A-75Z2

161.5

MXQ20A-100Z2

234.5

MXQ20A-125Z2

259.5

MXQ20A-150Z2

284.5

38

61

9.5

72

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

53

10

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ20-10Z2

Model

16.2

Dimensions

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.
0.5

MXQ

20A-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (20)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 17

Width across flats 17


0.5

13

Adjustment range 16
Max. 30

57

0.5
13

Adjustment range 18

Width across flats 12


13

Max. 31
58.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

23

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across flats 9

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

Adjustment range 9
Max. 25

52.8

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

20A-Z3

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

20A [Functional Option]


61

Axial piping (20)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

5.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

20A-Z4

Dimensions

With buffer, end lock (20)

MXQ20A-10Z4

18

MXQ20A-20Z4
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)
7

35.7

MXQ20A-30Z4

101.5

MXQ20A-40Z4

111.5

MXQ20A-50Z4

127.5

MXQ20A-75Z4

161.5

MXQ20A-100Z4

234.5

MXQ20A-125Z4

259.5

MXQ20A-150Z4

284.5

42

72
3

2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

Q
J

38

61

10

44.5

91.5

60

53
3

29

Common Adjuster
Options

3.8

[mm]

Model

16.2

MXQ

0.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

9.5

MXQ20A-10Z4

20A-Z5

3.8
35.7

With buffer, axial piping (20)

18

44.5

2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

Model Selection

5.5

60

61
Pilot port M5 x 0.8
(IN)

Made to Order

29

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

42

MXQ

Auto Switch
Mounting

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those


for the standard type.

24

Series MXQ A

25A-Z Standard type


20.5

+0.030
0

) depth 4

G
H

6H9 (

12

6.6

6H9 (
11

(NN 1) x H

12.5

+0.030
0

MXQ

25A [Standard]
) depth 4

Dimensions: MXQ

NN x M8 x 1.25 thread depth 12

HB

Section A-A

GB

10

J
Z

ZZ
52

) depth 3

6.5

34
B

) depth 3

44

36

70

+0.030
0

6H9 (

+0.030
0

50

6H9 (

88

9 (Maximum screw-in depth)


4 (Minimum screw-in depth)

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

Section B-B

N x M6 x 1 Note 1) 2)

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

N 1 xF
2

30

I
10

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer to
pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

65

25

26

Bottom view of MXQ25A-75Z

Dimensions
Model

50

[mm]

MXQ25A-10Z

F
55

G
18

GB
7

H
55

HB
80

I
30

J
36

M
131.5

N
4

NN
2

MXQ25A-20Z

46

MXQ25A-30Z

55

MXQ25A-40Z

Z
95

ZZ
118

18

55

80

30

36

141.5

28

17

55

80

22

54

151.5

95

118

105

65

28

17

65

90

22

64

161.5

128

115

MXQ25A-50Z

75

20

43

66

60

45

80

110

MXQ25A-75Z

36

138

184.5

138

110

42

161

92

209.5

163

MXQ25A-100Z

48

20

46

44

120

186

28

117

250.5

174

MXQ25A-125Z

60

18

60

66

197

170

67

142

314.5

238

MXQ25A-150Z

65

43

85

66

261

170

66

168

339.5

263

286

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

25A-

With adjuster option (25)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
38.3

38.3
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M14 x 1.5)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19


0.5

11

Adjustment range 11

11

Max. 22

Adjustment range 10
Max. 21

54
54

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M14 x 1.5)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19


0.5
11

11

Adjustment range 12
Max. 24

Adjustment range 11
Max. 23

55.5
55.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end shock absorber
(M14 x 1.5)

Width across flats 19

Common Adjuster
Options

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across flats 19


0.5

11

Adjustment range 20

11

Max. 36

Max. 35

67.1

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 21

67.1

MXQ

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

25A-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing


the extension stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke end
adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ25A-10ZN

M
110

MXQ25A-20ZN

120

MXQ25A-30ZN

130

MXQ25A-40ZN

140

MXQ25A-50ZN

163

MXQ25A-75ZN

188

MXQ25A-100ZN

229

MXQ25A-125ZN

293

MXQ25A-150ZN

318

Model Selection

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

25A [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

26

Series MXQ A
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

25A [Functional Option]

25A-Z1 With buffer (25)


4.5

Dimensions

[mm]

20.5

Standard type Shorter total length type

42.5

Model

ZZ

50

70

34

MXQ25A-10Z1

M
151.5

M
130

MXQ25A-20Z1

161.5

140

ZZ
138

MXQ25A-30Z1

171.5

150

148

MXQ25A-40Z1

181.5

160

158

MXQ25A-50Z1

204.5

183

181

MXQ25A-75Z1

229.5

208

206

MXQ25A-100Z1

270.5

249

217

MXQ25A-125Z1

334.5

313

281

MXQ25A-150Z1

359.5

338

306

50
2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

25A-Z2 With end lock (25)

Dimensions

19

10

MXQ

[mm]
Q
J
109 48
104
114
124 43
147
172
213
277 73
302

88

66

11

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

Model
MXQ25A-10Z2
MXQ25A-20Z2
MXQ25A-30Z2
MXQ25A-40Z2
MXQ25A-50Z2
MXQ25A-75Z2
MXQ25A-100Z2
MXQ25A-125Z2
MXQ25A-150Z2

MXQ25-10Z2

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

12.5

10

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.
0.5

MXQ

25A-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (25)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6


Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19

Max. 31
64

Adjustment range 13

18

Adjustment range 15

Max. 33
65.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

27

Width across flats 19


0.5

0.5
18

Extension stroke end


shock absorber
(M14 x 1.5)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH


Width across flats 12

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

18
Max. 44
77.1

Adjustment range 23

Air Slide Table/Double ported type

25A-Z3

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

25A [Functional Option]


Pilot port M5 x 0.8
(OUT)

76

Axial piping (25)

7.5

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

25A-Z4

Model
MXQ25A-10Z4
MXQ25A-20Z4
MXQ25A-30Z4
MXQ25A-40Z4
MXQ25A-50Z4
MXQ25A-75Z4
MXQ25A-100Z4
MXQ25A-125Z4
MXQ25A-150Z4

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

20.5

19

10

42.5

With buffer, end lock (25)

Dimensions
4.5

MXQ

11

[mm]
Q
J
109 48
104
114
124 43
147
172
213
277 73
302

50

88
3

70

66
3

34

12.5
50

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

10

Common Adjuster
Options

MXQ25-10Z4

42.5

With buffer, axial piping (25)

20.5

70
50

Model Selection

7.5

Made to Order

34

76

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Auto Switch
Mounting

25A-Z5

4.5

MXQ

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

50

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ A

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

28

29

Series MXQ B
6, 8, 12, 16, 20

Double ported type


MXQA

Air Slide Table


Low thrust with high rigidity type
RoHS

How to Order

MXQ 12 B 30 ZA M9BW

Switch mounting groove

Switch mounting groove

Port

Standard stroke [mm]

S
n

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75


10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100

12

Auto switch

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125


Port
Switch mounting groove

16

Port
Switch mounting groove

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150


Note)

20

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

Without auto switch

For applicable auto switches,


refer to the table below.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150

Note) No setting, as the standard model has the piping ports and auto switch mounting grooves
on both sides.

Adjuster option

Z
ZA
ZB
ZC
ZD
ZE
ZF
ZG
ZH
ZJ
ZN
ZP
ZQ
ZS

Adjuster mounting
position Note 1)
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end

Adjuster type

Symbol
Without adjuster

Metal stopper with bumper


(Not available for 6)




Rubber stopper




Shock absorber (RJ)











Without adjuster
Shorter overall Rubber stopper
length type
Shock absorber (RJ)
Metal stopper with bumper(Not available for 6)
Note 2)





Note 1) : Shipped together with the product, but not assembled. Without
any symbols for the adjuster mounting position, the adjuster can be
mounted afterward.
Note 2) Extension stroke end adjuster mounting part is cut off to reduce the
total length of the table.

Adjuster Mounting Position


Retraction stroke
end adjuster

Shorter total length type

Extension stroke
end adjuster
Extend

Retract

Extension stroke end adjuster mounting part is cut off to reduce the total length of the table.

Solid state auto switch

Type

Special function

Diagnostic indication
(2-colour indication)
Water resistant
(2-colour indication)

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Grommet Yes 3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire

DC

Auto switch model

AC

5 V, 12 V
12 V
24 V

5 V, 12 V
12 V
5 V, 12 V
12 V

Lead wire length [m]


Pre-wired
Applicable load
0.5 1 3 5
Perpendicular In-line
connector
() (M) (L) (Z)

   
M9NV
M9N
IC

   
M9PV
M9P


   
M9BV
M9B

M9NWV M9NW    
Relay,
IC

M9PWV M9PW    
PLC


M9BWV M9BW    






M9NA
M9NAV
IC

M9PAV M9PA    


M9BAV M9BA    

Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such cases SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m (Example) M9NW
Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 85 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3.
Auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled).

30

Auto Switch
Mounting

Port

Number of auto switches

Made to Order

Body option
Standard type
Symmetric type
B
BL

Model Selection

Refer to page 31 for details.


Bore
size

Common Adjuster
Options

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Made to Order

Series MXQ B
Specifications
Bore size [mm]
6
8
12
16
20
Piping port size
M5 x 0.8
Fluid
Air
Action
Double acting
Operating pressure
0.15 to 0.7 MPa Note)
Proof pressure
1.05 MPa
Ambient and fluid temperature
10 to 60C
Operating speed range
50 to 500 mm/s (Metal stopper with bumper: 50 to 200 mm/s)
(Average operating speed)
in the standard stroke table: 50 to 300 mm/s
Cushion (Without stroke adjuster)
Internal rubber bumper
Cushion (With stroke adjuster) Metal stopper with bumper, Rubber stopper, Shock absorber
Lubrication
Non-lube
Solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)
Auto switch
2-colour indication solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)
Stroke length tolerance
+2 to 0 mm
Note) Refer to page 32 for the minimum operating pressure for metal stopper with bumper. If the operating
pressure is lower than the minimum operating pressure, repeated accuracy becomes worse.
Minimum operating pressure of metal stopper with bumper: Pressure required to fully
compress the protrusion of the bumper to get in contact with the metal part.

Standard Stroke
Model
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B

Standard stroke [mm]


10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150

Note) Operating speed range is 50 to 300 mm/s. (Without stroke adjuster)

Madeeto
Ord r Made to Order

Theoretical Output

(For details, refer to pages 87 to 91.)

Symbol

-X7
-X9
-X11
-X12
-X28
-X33
-X39
-X42
-X45

The dual rod ensures an output twice that of existing cylinders.

Specifications
PTFE grease
Grease for food processing equipment
Long adjustment bolt
(Longer adjustment range by 10 mm)

Bore size
[mm]

Long adjustment bolt


(Longer adjustment range by 20 mm)
Long adjustment nut and bolt
Without built-in auto switch magnet
Fluororubber seal
Anti-corrosive guide unit
EPDM seal

Rod size
[mm]

12

16

20

Operating Piston area


[mm2]
direction
57
OUT
42
IN
101
OUT
75
IN
226
OUT
170
IN
402
OUT
346
IN
628
OUT
528
IN

0.2
11
8
20
15
45
34
80
69
126
106

[N]

Operating pressure [MPa]


0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
17
23
29
34
13
17
21
25
30
40
51
61
23
30
38
45
68
90
113
136
51
68
85
102
121
161
201
241
104
138
173
207
188
251
314
377
158
211
264
317

0.7
40
29
71
53
158
119
281
242
440
369

Weight
Model
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B

10
120
220
420
710
1,200

20
140
240
450
730
1,200

30
150
260
480
770
1,300

Standard stroke [mm]


40
50
75
180
230
260
310
330
450
550
580
700
820
920
1,100
1,300
1,600
1,700

100

500
890
1,400
2,000

125

970
1,700
2,600

150

1,800
2,700

[g]
Reduction of the extension stroke Additional weight of adjuster option
end adjuster non-mounting type Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end
6
10
8
12
20
16
21
40
30
33
70
50(80)
60
110
80

Note) Value in the ( ) is the additional weight for the shock absorber.

Maximum Load Weight


Model
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B

31

Allowable Kinetic Energy

[kg]
Without adjuster
Adjuster option
Internal rubber Rubber Metal stopper Shock absorber (RJ)
bumper
stopper with bumper Horizontal
Vertical
0.6
1
2
4
6

1
2
4
6
9

1
2
4
6

1
1.5
4

1
2.5
6

Model
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B

Without adjuster
Internal rubber
bumper
0.025
0.046
0.095
0.16
0.32

Rubber
stopper
0.053
0.11
0.18
0.34
0.51

[J]
Adjuster option
Metal stopper Shock absorber
(RJ)
with bumper

0.013
0.03
0.06
0.095

0.17
0.24
0.61
1.2
1.3

Air Slide Table/Low thrust with high rigidity type

Series MXQ B

Double ported type


MXQA

Optional Specifications
Adjusters
Applicable slide table
Model (Metal stopper with bumper only)
Max. absorbed energy [J]
Stroke absorption [mm]

MXQ8B

MXQ12B

MXQ16B

MXQ20B

MXQB-A887

MXQB-A1287

MXQB-A1687

MXQB-A2087

0.018

0.04

0.08

0.12

2.8

3.6

4.4

Full compression force of bumper [N]

20

42

65

97

Min. operating pressure of metal


stopper with bumper [MPa]

0.3

0.3

0.2

0.2

Weight [g]

14

25

42

65

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M12 x 1

M14 x 1.5

Mounting screw size [mm]

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Metal Stopper with Bumper

Pressure required to fully compress the protrusion of the bumper when mounted horizontally to get in contact with the metal part.
Consider the additional weight of the load when mounted in the vertical direction. Not available for 6.

Rubber Stopper
Applicable slide table

MXQ6B

MXQ8B

MXQ12B

MXQ16B

MXQ20B

Model (Rubber stopper only)

MXQA-A827

MXQA-A1227

MXQA-A1627

MXQA-A2027

MXQA-A2527

Max. absorbed energy [J]

0.06

0.12

0.2

0.4

0.6

14

25

42

65

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M12 x 1

M14 x 1.5

Weight [g]
Mounting screw size [mm]

Shock Absorber (RJ)


MXQ6B

MXQ8B

MXQ12B

MXQ16B

MXQ20B

RJ0603N

RJ0805N

RJ1006N

RJ1007HN

RJ1410N

Max. absorbed energy [J]

0.35

0.5

1.5

3.7

Stroke absorption [mm]

10

Collision speed [mm/s]

300 to 500

70

45

Max. allowable thrust [N]

150

245

422

814

Spring force (Extended) [N]

1.3

2.8

5.4

6.4

Spring force (Compressed) [N]

3.9

4.9

15

Weight [g]
Mounting screw size [mm]

5.5

15

23

65

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M14 x 1.5

Auto Switch
Mounting

80

Made to Order

80

Common Adjuster
Options

50 to 500

Max. operating frequency [cycle/min]

Model Selection

Applicable slide table


Model (Shock absorber only)

32

Series MXQ B
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

6B [Standard]

6B-Z Standard type


(NN 1) x H
3H9 (

5.8

+0.025
0

) depth 2

A
7

3.2

6.5

5.3

NN x M4 x 0.7 tapped through hole

HB

Section A-A

3H9 (

GB

+0.025
0

) depth 2
27

10

23

Bottom view
of MXQ6B-30Z

ZZ
3H9 (

+0.025
0

) depth 1.5

3H9 (

+0.025
0

) depth 1.5
Pilot port side

4.1 (Maximum screw-in depth)

20

3.5

2.1 (Minimum screw-in depth)

12

N x M3 x 0.5 Note 1) 2)

Section B-B
12

32

21
16.3

16

34

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

N 1 xF
2

I
5.5

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ6B-10Z

F
25

G
15

GB
9

H
25

HB
37

I
10

J
31

M
68.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
51

ZZ
61

MXQ6B-20Z

25

22

16

28

40

17

34

78.5

61

71

MXQ6B-30Z

26

26

40

20

41

88.5

71

81

MXQ6B-40Z

32

14

27

31

55

26

51

104.5

87

97

MXQ6B-50Z

46

16

54

29

55

40

64

131.5

114

124

MXQ6B-75Z

50

15

56

30

55

20

86

156.5

116

126

6BL-Z Symmetric type

Pilot port side

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

33

12
20

32

21

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

34

16.3

MXQ

Air Slide Table/Low thrust with high rigidity type

6B-

Rubber stopper

With adjuster option (6)

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
13.6

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8
Adjustment range 11

13.6

0.5
5

Max. 17

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 9
Max. 15

31.5

31.5

Both ends

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end shock absorber
(M6 x 0.75)

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 5

0.5
5

Max. 15

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 3
Max. 13

29.3

29.3

Extension stroke end

Retraction stroke end

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

6B-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension

stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke end


adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

Model

[mm]

MXQ6B-10ZN

M
60

MXQ6B-20ZN

70

MXQ6B-30ZN

80

MXQ6B-40ZN

96

MXQ6B-50ZN

123

MXQ6B-75ZN

148

Common Adjuster
Options

Dimensions

Auto Switch
Mounting

MXQ

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

6B [Adjuster Option]

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ B

Model Selection

Made to Order

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

34

Series MXQ B
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

8B [Standard]

8B-Z Standard type

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

7.4
A

8.5

4.2

4.5

(NN 1) x H

NN x M5 x 0.8
tapped through hole

HB

Section A-A
4H9 (

+0.030
0

GB

4H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2.5

) depth 2.5
39

29

11

Z
ZZ
4H9 (

+0.030
0

Bottom view
of MXQ8B-40

) depth 2
Pilot port side

5.7 (Maximum screw-in depth)

23

4.5

13

2.7 (Minimum screw-in depth)

) depth 2

Section B-B

16

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ8B-10Z

F
28

G
17

GB
11

H
32

HB
46

I
11

J
32

MXQ8B-20Z

28

19

11

32

48

13

MXQ8B-30Z

38

21

11

40

58

15

MXQ8B-40Z

34

27

60

MXQ8B-50Z

34

11

37

39

MXQ8B-75Z

36

25

41

36

MXQ8B-100Z

36

14

66

36

100

MXQ

40

N 1 xF

6.3

4H9 (

+0.030
0

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

N x M4 x 0.7 Note 1) 2)

27
20

20

42

M
82.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
63

ZZ
75

32

92.5

65

77

40

102.5

75

87

23

50

120.5

93

105

60

23

60

130.5

103

115

100

42

85

174.5

147

159

42

110

199.5

10

172

184

8BL-Z Symmetric type

13
Pilot port side

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

35

23

40

42

27

20

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Air Slide Table/Low thrust with high rigidity type

Double ported type


MXQA

8B-

With adjuster option (8)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
14.9

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

14.9

Width across flats 4


Width across flats 10

Width across flats 4


Width across flats 10
0.5
Adjustment range 8

6.5

6.5

Adjustment range 7

Max. 17

Max. 16
35

35

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across flats 4

Width across flats 4

Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

0.5

Adjustment range 11

6.5

6.5

Adjustment range 10
Max. 17

Max. 18
36.5

36.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end shock absorber
(M8 x 1)

Common Adjuster
Options

Width across flats 7

Width across flats 7

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10


0.5
Adjustment range 12

6.5

6.5

Adjustment range 11
Max. 22

Max. 23
40.8

40.8

Extension stroke end

Auto Switch
Mounting

Retraction stroke end

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8B-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Note)

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ8B-10ZN

M
72

MXQ8B-20ZN

82

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension

MXQ8B-30ZN

92

stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke end


adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

MXQ8B-40ZN

110

MXQ8B-50ZN

120

MXQ8B-75ZN

164

MXQ8B-100ZN

189

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Model Selection

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

8B [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ B

36

Series MXQ B
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

12B [Standard]

12B-Z Standard type


7.4

(NN 1) x H

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they


can touch the guide block
and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an
intermediate length between
the maximum screw-in depth
and minimum screw-in
depth. Refer to pages 125
and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a
magnetic substance, it
could become magnetised
if touched by a magnet etc.
This could cause an auto
switch malfunction.

8.7
10

9.5

5.1

5H9 (

NN x M6 x 1 tapped through hole

+0.030
0

) depth 3

HB

Section A-A
45

35

5H9 (

16

GB

+0.030
0

) depth 3
M

MXQ12B-50Z

ZZ

5H9 (

7.3 (Maximum screw-in depth)

+0.030
0

Pilot port side

) depth 2

30

5.5
18

3.3 (Minimum screw-in depth)

50

33
25

24

52

Section B-B
21

5H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2

N 1 xF

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5.5

N x M5 x 0.8 Note 1) 2)

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ12B-10Z

F
38

G
16

GB
8

H
39

HB
58

I
21

J
29

M
98.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
72.5

MXQ12B-20Z

38

20

12

39

58

25

29

108.5

76.5

91

MXQ12B-30Z

48

21

30

48

50

26.5

37.5

118.5

86.5

101

MXQ12B-40Z

58

28

17

58

80

33.5

47.5

135.5

103.5

118

MXQ12B-50Z

40

27

80

33

58

145.5

113.5

128

MXQ12B-75Z

46

23

58

52

80

39

83

176.5

144.5

159

MXQ12B-100Z

44

39

102

44

80

57

109

220.5

188.5

203

MXQ12B-125Z

44

20

127

44

80

57

134

245.5

10

213.5

228

MXQ

ZZ
87

12BL-Z Symmetric type

18
Pilot port side

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

37

30

50

52

33

25

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

Air Slide Table/Low thrust with high rigidity type

Double ported type


MXQA

12B-

12B [Adjuster Option]


With adjuster option (12)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
20.2

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across flats 12

20.2

Width across flats 12


0.5

Adjustment range 8

Max. 18

Adjustment range 6
Max. 17

40

40

Both ends

Rubber stopper

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)
Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across hexagon socket hole 5


Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12


0.5

Adjustment range 11

Max. 20

Adjustment range 10
Max. 18

41.5

41.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end shock absorber
(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 12

Common Adjuster
Options

Width across flats 9

Width across flats 9

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 12


0.5
8

Max. 24

Adjustment range 10
Max. 22

45.3

45.3

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 12

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

12B-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Note)

Dimensions
Model
MXQ12B-10ZN

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension

stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke end


adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

(mm)
M
85

MXQ12B-20ZN

95

MXQ12B-30ZN

105

MXQ12B-40ZN

122

MXQ12B-50ZN

132

MXQ12B-75ZN

163

MXQ12B-100ZN

207

MXQ12B-125ZN

232

Model Selection

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

MXQ B

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series

38

Series

MXQ B

Dimensions: MXQ

NN x M6 x 1 tapped through hole

) depth 3

10

5H9 (

5H9 (

+0.030
0

10.7

5.1

9.5

10.3

(NN 1) x H
+0.030
0

) depth 3

16B-Z Standard type

Section A-A
48

36

HB

GB

16

5.5

MXQ

16B [Standard]

Z
ZZ

Bottom view
of MXQ16B-50Z

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)
5H9 (

3.3 (Minimum screw-in depth)

+0.030
0

) depth 2

37

5.5
5H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2

23

42
35

70

30

60

7.3 (Maximum screw-in depth)

Section B-B

2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

N 1 xF
2

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5.5

27

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

N x M5 x 0.8 Note 1) 2)

Dimensions
Model

39

[mm]

MXQ16B-10Z

F
45

G
18

GB
8

H
46

HB
70

I
40

J
18.5

M
113.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
85.5

ZZ
104

MXQ16B-20Z

40

MXQ16B-30Z

48

18

46

70

28.5

30

123.5

85.5

104

28

18

46

70

22.5

46

133.5

95.5

MXQ16B-40Z

114

58

28

18

56

80

22.5

56

143.5

105.5

124

MXQ16B-50Z

42

34

80

35.5

59

159.5

121.5

140

MXQ16B-75Z

55

22

58

56

90

44.5

84

193.5

155.5

174

MXQ16B-100Z

50

16

108

56

90

66.5

112

266.5

205.5

224

MXQ16B-125Z

55

32

133

59

90

68.5

135

291.5

230.5

249

MXQ16B-150Z

62

48

158

62

90

68.5

160

316.5

255.5

274

Air Slide Table/Low thrust with high rigidity type

Double ported type


MXQA

16B-

With adjuster option (16)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
25.5

25.5
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M12 x 1)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 17


Adjustment range 9

0.5
10

10

Width across flats 17


Adjustment range 8
Max. 20

Max. 21
47

47

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M12 x 1)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 17


Adjustment range 12

10

0.5

Width across flats 17

10

Adjustment range 11

Max. 22

Max. 21
48.5

48.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

0.5

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12


8

Max. 15

Max. 18
45.3

45.3

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

16B-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Note)

Dimensions
Model

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke end


adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

[mm]

MXQ16B-10ZN

M
96

MXQ16B-20ZN

106

MXQ16B-30ZN

116

MXQ16B-40ZN

126

MXQ16B-50ZN

142

MXQ16B-75ZN

176

MXQ16B-100ZN

249

MXQ16B-125ZN

274

MXQ16B-150ZN

299

Model Selection

MXQ

Adjustment range 6

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 3

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 9

Width across flats 9

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

16B [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ B

40

Series MXQ B

20B [Standard]

MXQ

20B-Z Standard type

(NN 1) x H

) depth 4

6H9 ( 0

6.6

11

+0.030
0

+0.030

6H9 (

12.5

12

14.5

) depth 4

Dimensions: MXQ

NN x M8 x 1.25 tapped through hole

Section A-A
50

GB

26

65

HB

J
Z

Bottom view
of MXQ20B-75Z

ZZ
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)
6H9 (

+0.030
0

9 (Maximum screw-in depth)

) depth 3
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 ) depth 3

4 (Minimum screw-in depth)

46
28

50
70
40

80

36

6.5
B

Section B-B

N x M6 x 1 Note 1) 2)

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

N 1 xF
2

30

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

I
7

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions
Model

41

[mm]

MXQ20B-10Z

F
55

G
18

GB
7

H
55

HB
80

I
30

J
36

M
131.5

N
4

NN
2

MXQ20B-20Z

46

MXQ20B-30Z

55

MXQ20B-40Z

Z
95

ZZ
118

18

55

80

30

36

141.5

28

17

55

80

34

42

151.5

95

118

105

65

28

17

65

90

34

52

161.5

128

115

MXQ20B-50Z

75

20

47

62

60

45

80

110

MXQ20B-75Z

36

138

184.5

138

110

48

161

86

209.5

163

MXQ20B-100Z

48

20

46

44

120

186

34

111

250.5

174

MXQ20B-125Z

60

18

60

66

197

170

73

136

314.5

238

MXQ20B-150Z

65

43

85

66

261

170

73

161

339.5

263

286

Air Slide Table/Low thrust with high rigidity type

Double ported type


MXQA

20B-

With adjuster option (20)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
32.3

32.3
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M14 x 1.5)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19

Adjustment range 11

0.5
11

11

Max. 22

Adjustment range 10
Max. 21

54

54

Both ends

Rubber stopper

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M14 x 1.5)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6


Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19

Adjustment range 12

0.5
11

11

Adjustment range 11
Max. 23

Max. 24
55.5

55.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end shock absorber
(M14 x 1.5)

Width across flats 19

Common Adjuster
Options

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across flats 19


0.5
11

11

Max. 36

Dimensions other than listed above are the


same as those for the standard type.

67.1

Extension stroke end

Retraction stroke end

20B-ZN Shorter total length type


Dimensions

M
Note)

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Model

[mm]

MXQ20B-10ZN

M
110

MXQ20B-20ZN

120

MXQ20B-30ZN

130

MXQ20B-40ZN

140

MXQ20B-50ZN

163

MXQ20B-75ZN

188

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension

MXQ20B-100ZN

229

stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke end


adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

MXQ20B-125ZN

293

MXQ20B-150ZN

318

Model Selection

MXQ

Adjustment range 20

Max. 35
67.1

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 21

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

20B [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ B

42

43

Series MXQ C
8, 12

Double ported type


MXQA

Air Slide Table


Single side ported type

RoHS

How to Order

M9BW

MXQ 12 C 30 ZA

12

Port

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75

Symbol
Functional option

Without functional option


1
With buffer
2
With end lock
3
Axial piping
4
With buffer, end lock
5
With buffer, axial piping

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100

Adjuster option/Functional option combinations


Symbol

Z
ZA
ZB
ZC
ZD
ZE
ZF
ZG
ZH
ZJ
ZN
ZP
ZQ
ZS

Adjuster type
Without adjuster
Metal stopper with bumper

Rubber stopper
Shock absorber (RJ)

Auto switch
Functional option

Without auto switch

For applicable auto


switches, refer to the
table below.

Number of auto switches

S
n

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

Adjuster
Functional option combination
mounting position Note 1)

1
2
3
4
5
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Without functional option Buffer Note 2) 3) End lock Note 4) Axial piping Buffer and end lock Note 2) 4) Buffer and axial piping Note 2)














































Note 6)
Note 6)


Note 5) Without adjuster


Shorter overall Rubber stopper
length type
Shock absorber (RJ)
Metal stopper with bumper
Note 1) : Shipped together with the product, but not assembled. Without any

symbols for the adjuster mounting position, the adjuster can be mounted
afterward.
Note 2) For buffer mechanism, buffer stroke will be shorter for the stroke that is
adjusted by the extension stroke end adjuster.
Note 3) When retraction stroke end adjuster with buffer mechanism is needed, use
the centralised adjuster specification (-X27). End lock or axial piping option
cannot be mounted to the centralised adjuster specification model.

Note 4) Extension stroke end adjuster with end lock mechanism is available as long
adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28). The adjustment nut cannot be
tightened with the standard adjuster.
Note 5) Extension stroke end adjuster mounting holes are removed to reduce the
total length.
Note 6) Shorter total length type can be used, but the retraction stroke end
adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.

Adjuster Mounting Position


Shorter total length type

Extension stroke
end adjuster

Retraction stroke
end adjuster
Extend

Extension stroke end adjuster mounting part is cut off to reduce the total length of the table.

Retract

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3 for further information on auto switches.

Solid state auto switch

Type

Special function

Electrical Indicator
light
entry

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Diagnostic indication
Grommet Yes 3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indication)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Water resistant
3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indication)
2-wire

DC

Auto switch model


AC

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA

5 V, 12 V

12 V
24 V

5 V, 12 V
12 V
5V, 12 V
12 V

Lead wire length [m]


Pre-wired
Applicable load
0.5 1 3 5
connector
() (M) (L) (Z)
   

IC

   


   
   

Relay,
IC
   

PLC

   


   
IC

   
   


Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such cases SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m (Example) M9NW


1 m M (Example) M9NWM
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ

Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 85 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3.
Auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled).

44

Auto Switch
Mounting

Switch mounting groove

Made to Order

Port

Switch mounting groove

Standard stroke [mm]

Model Selection

Bore
size

Common Adjuster
Options

Refer to page 45 for details.


Body option
Standard type
Symmetric type
C
CL

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Made to Order

Series MXQ C
Specifications
Bore size [mm]

12

Piping port size

M5 x 0.8

Fluid

Air

Action

Double acting
0.15 to 0.7 MPa Note) (End lock: 0.35 to 0.7 MPa)

Operating pressure
Proof pressure

1.05 MPa

Ambient and fluid temperature

10 to 60C

Operating speed range (Average operating speed) 50 to 500 mm/s (Metal stopper with bumper: 50 to 300 mm/s)
Cushion (Without stroke adjuster)

Internal rubber bumper

Cushion (With stroke adjuster)

Metal stopper with bumper, Rubber stopper, Shock absorber

Lubrication

Non-lube
Solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)

Auto switch
2-colour indication solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)
Stroke length tolerance

+2 to 0 mm

Note) Refer to page 46 for the minimum operating pressure for metal stopper with bumper.
If the operating pressure is lower than the minimum operating pressure, repeated accuracy
becomes worse.
Minimum operating pressure of metal stopper with bumper: Pressure required to fully
compress the protrusion of the bumper to get in contact with the metal part.

Standard Stroke
Model

Madeeto
Ord r Made to Order

(For details, refer to pages 87 to 91.)

Symbol

-X7
-X9
-X11
-X12
-X27
-X28
-X33
-X39
-X42
-X45

Specifications
PTFE grease
Grease for food processing equipment
Long adjustment bolt
(Longer adjustment range by 10 mm)

Standard stroke [mm]

MXQ8C

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75

MXQ12C

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100

Theoretical Output
The dual rod ensures an output twice that of existing cylinders.
Bore size
[mm]

Long adjustment bolt


(Longer adjustment range by 20 mm)
Centralised adjuster
Long adjustment nut and bolt
Without built-in auto switch magnet
Fluororubber seal
Anti-corrosive guide unit
EPDM seal

Rod size
[mm]

Operating Piston area


[mm2]
direction
OUT

[N]

Operating pressure [MPa]


0.2

0.3

0.4

101

20

30

40

0.7

0.6

0.5

71

61

51

12

IN

75

15

23

30

38

45

53

OUT

226

45

68

90

113

136

158

IN

170

34

51

68

85

102

119

Weight
[g]
Standard stroke [mm]
Model

Reduction of the extension Additional weight of adjuster option


Extra for option
stroke end adjuster
Buffer Axial piping
End
lock
Extension
stroke
end
Retracti
o
n
stroke
end
non-mounting type

100

125

150

280

10

60

30

550

620

12

20

16

80

70

10

20

30

40

50

75

MXQ8C

140

150

170

200

260

MXQ12C

280

290

320

370

400

No addition

Maximum Load Weight

Allowable Kinetic Energy


[kg]

Without adjuster
Model

Internal rubber Rubber Metal stopper Shock absorber (RJ)


bumper
stopper with bumper Horizontal
Vertical

MXQ8C

MXQ12C

45

[J]
Without adjuster

Adjuster option

1
1.5

Model

Internal rubber
bumper

Adjuster option
Rubber
stopper

Metal stopper Shock absorber


(RJ)
with bumper

MXQ8C

0.033

0.053

0.016

0.17

MXQ12C

0.09

0.11

0.034

0.24

Air Slide Table/Single side ported type

Series MXQ C

Double ported type


MXQA

Optional Specifications
With End Lock
Model

MXQ8C

Operating pressure range [MPa]

MXQ12C

0.35 to 0.7
12

23

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Holding force [N]

With Buffer Mechanism


Model

MXQ8C

Operating speed range [mm/s]

50 to 500 (Horizontal mounting 50 to 300)

Buffer stroke [mm]


Buffer stroke load [N]

MXQ12C

10

Stroke at 0 [mm]

Maximum stroke

15

Applicable Auto Switch to Buffer


Type

Solid state auto switch

Model

Specifications

D-M9BV

With light, 2-wire

D-M9NV

With light, 3-wire, Output: NPN

D-M9PV

With light, 3-wire, Output: PNP

Electrical entry direction

Vertical

Adjusters
Applicable slide table

MXQ8C

MXQ12C

MXQA-A887

MXQA-A1287

0.018

0.04

Stroke absorption [mm]

2.8

Full compression force of bumper [N]

20

42

Min. operating pressure of metal


stopper with bumper [MPa]

0.3

0.3

14

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

Model (Metal stopper with bumper only)


Max. absorbed energy [J]

Weight [g]
Mounting screw size [mm]

Common Adjuster
Options

Metal Stopper with Bumper

Pressure required to fully compress the protrusion of the bumper when mounted horizontally to get in contact with the metal part.
Consider the additional weight of the load when mounted in the vertical direction.
Applicable slide table
Model (Rubber stopper only)
Max. absorbed energy [J]
Weight [g]
Mounting screw size [mm]

MXQ8C

MXQ12C

MXQA-A827

MXQA-A1227

0.06

0.12

14

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

MXQ8C

MXQ12C

RJ0603N

RJ0805N

0.35

0.5

Auto Switch
Mounting

Rubber Stopper

Model (Shock absorber only)


Max. absorbed energy [J]
Stroke absorption [mm]

Collision speed (mm/s)

50 to 500

50 to 500

Max. operating frequency [cycle/min]

80

80

Max. allowable thrust [N]

150

245

Spring force (Extended) [N]

1.3

2.8

Spring force (Compressed) [N]

3.9

4.9

Weight [g]

5.5

15

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

Mounting screw size [mm]

Model Selection

Applicable slide table

Made to Order

Shock Absorber (RJ)

46

Series MXQ C
Dimensions: MXQ

8C-Z Standard type


(NN 1) x H
+0.025
0

G
H

) depth 2

+0.025
0

3H9 (

5.8
7

3H9 (

3.2

6.5

6.3

) depth 2

MXQ

8C [Standard]

NN x M4 x 0.7 tapped through hole

Section A-A
27

HB

23

GB

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch


the guide block and cause a
malfunction etc. Use a screw which
has an intermediate length between
the maximum screw-in depth and
minimum screw-in depth. Refer to
pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a
magnetic substance, it could
become magnetised if touched by
a magnet etc. This could cause
an auto switch malfunction.

10

Z
ZZ

Bottom view
of MXQ8C-30Z

Pilot port side

4.1 (Maximum screw-in depth)

21

3.5
3H9 (

2.1 (Minimum screw-in depth)

+0.025
0

13

) depth 1.5

32

21
18

16

38

12

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

3H9 (

N 1 xF

+0.025
0

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

) depth 1.5

5.5

Section B-B

MXQ

N x M3 x 0.5 Note 1) 2)

8CL-Z Symmetric type


32

38

21

18

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

13
Pilot port side

21

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

47

[mm]

MXQ8C-10Z

F
25

G
15

GB
9

H
25

HB
37

I
10

J
26.5

M
68.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
51

ZZ
61

MXQ8C-20Z

25

14

32.5

78.5

61

71

26

28

40

26

22

16

MXQ8C-30Z

40

14.5

42

88.5

71

81

MXQ8C-40Z

32

14

27

31

55

20

52.5

104.5

87

97

MXQ8C-50Z

46

16

54

29

55

37

62.5

131.5

114

124

MXQ8C-75Z

50

15

56

30

55

10

91.5

156.5

116

126

Air Slide Table/Single side ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

8C-

With adjuster option (8)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
14.6

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

14.6

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across flats 8

0.5
5

Adjustment range 10

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 8
Max. 13

Max. 15
30

30

Both ends

Rubber stopper

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M6 x 0.75)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8
5

Adjustment range 11

Width across flats 8

0.5
5

Adjustment range 9

Max. 17

Max. 15
31.5

31.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

1
Width across flats 8
5

0.5
5

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 3
Max. 13

Max. 15
29.3

Retraction stroke end

29.3

Extension stroke end

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 5

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)
1

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8C-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing

the extension stroke end adjuster mounting


holes, an extension stroke end adjuster
cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ8C-10ZN

M
60

MXQ8C-20ZN

70

MXQ8C-30ZN

80

MXQ8C-40ZN

96

MXQ8C-50ZN

123

MXQ8C-75ZN

148

Model Selection

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

8C [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ C

48

Series MXQ C
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

8C [Functional Option]

8C-Z1 With buffer (8)


2.3

Dimensions

17

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

13

21

33.4

17.4

ZZ

ZZ

MXQ8C-10Z1

M
85

M
76.5

77.5

MXQ8C-20Z1

95

86.5

87.5

MXQ8C-30Z1

105

96.5

97.5

MXQ8C-40Z1

121

112.5

113.5

MXQ8C-50Z1

148

139.5

140.5

MXQ8C-75Z1

173

164.5

142.5

28.5
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

8C-Z2 With end lock (8)

Dimensions

[mm]

5
13.2

27.2

8.5

Model

Symmetric type

MXQ8C-20Z2

71.5

MXQ8C-30Z2

81.5

MXQ8C-40Z2

97.5

MXQ8C-50Z2

124.5

MXQ8C-75Z2

139.5

30

43

6.5

5.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ8C-10Z2

J
61.5

0.5
7.5

MXQ8C-75Z2

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

8C-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (8)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

0.5
10

Adjustment range 13

10

Adjustment range 14

Width across flats 8


0.5
10

Max. 25
41.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

49

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

0.5

Max. 23
40

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

Adjustment range 1.6


Max. 13

29.3

Air Slide Table/Single side ported type

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)
24.2

6.3

6.3

9.8

24.2

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Double ported type


MXQA

8C-Z3 Axial piping (8)


9.8

MXQ

8C [Functional Option]

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Symmetric type
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8C-Z4 With buffer, end lock (8)


17

17.4

2.3

MXQ

21

33.4

27.2

8.5

13

13.2

0.5
28.5

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

MXQ8C-75Z4

Q
5

Dimensions

[mm]

6.5

Model

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

7.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ8C-20Z4

71.5

MXQ8C-30Z4

81.5

MXQ8C-40Z4

97.5

MXQ8C-50Z4

124.5

MXQ8C-75Z4

139.5

30

43

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

17.4

17

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

28.5

21

Made to Order

6.3

33.4

24.2

13

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5


2

Model Selection

6.3

9.8

9.8

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

24.2

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Auto Switch
Mounting

8C-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (8)


2.3

MXQ

MXQ8C-10Z4

J
61.5

Common Adjuster
Options

5.5

Symmetric type

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ C

Symmetric type

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

50

Series MXQ C
Dimensions: MXQ

Standard type
7.4

G
H

) depth 2.5
A

4H9 (

4.2

4H9 (
8.5

8.5

(NN 1) x H
+0.030
0

) depth 2.5

12C-Z

+0.030
0

MXQ

12C [Standard]

NN x M5 x 0.8 tapped through hole

HB

Section A-A
39

29

GB

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch


the guide block and cause a malfunction etc. Use a screw which has an
intermediate length between the
maximum screw-in depth and
minimum screw-in depth. Refer to
pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a
magnetic substance, it could
become magnetised if touched by
a magnet etc. This could cause an
auto switch malfunction.

11

Z
ZZ

Bottom view
of MXQ12C-40Z

4H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2

5.7 (Maximum screw-in depth)

27

Pilot port side

4.5

2.7 (Minimum screw-in depth)

17

40

27
23.5

20

49

4H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2

N 1 xF

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

16

8.4

Section B-B

N x M4 x 0.7 Note 1) 2)

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ

12CL-Z

Symmetric type

40

49

27

23.5

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

17

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Pilot port side

27

Dimensions
Model

51

[mm]

MXQ12C-10Z

F
28

G
17

GB
11

H
32

HB
46

I
11

J
32

M
82.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
62.5

ZZ
75

MXQ12C-20Z

28

19

11

32

48

13

MXQ12C-30Z

38

11

15

34

27

40

58

MXQ12C-40Z

21

32

92.5

64.5

77

40

102.5

74.5

60

87

23

50

120.5

92.5

105

MXQ12C-50Z

34

11

37

39

MXQ12C-75Z

36

25

41

36

60

23

60

130.5

102.5

115

100

42

85

174.5

146.5

MXQ12C-100Z

36

14

66

36

100

159

42

110

199.5

10

171.5

184

Air Slide Table/Single side ported type

Double ported type


MXQA

12C-

With adjuster option (12)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M8 x 1)

18.9

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

18.9

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

0.5

Adjustment range 10

Adjustment range 9

6.5

6.5

Max. 16

Max. 17
35

35

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M8 x 1)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10


Adjustment range 11

0.5
6.5

6.5

Adjustment range 10
Max. 17

Max. 18
36.5

36.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

Width across flats 7

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Width across flats 7

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Width across flats 10


Adjustment range 12

0.5
6.5

6.5

Max. 23

Width across flats 10


Adjustment range 11
Max. 22

40.8

40.8

Extension stroke end

Auto Switch
Mounting

Retraction stroke end


Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

12C-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Note)

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing


the extension stroke end adjuster mounting
holes, an extension stroke end adjuster
cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be
mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ12C-10ZN

M
72

MXQ12C-20ZN

82

MXQ12C-30ZN

92

MXQ12C-40ZN

110

MXQ12C-50ZN

120

MXQ12C-75ZN

164

MXQ12C-100ZN

189

Model Selection

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

12C [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ C

52

Series MXQ C
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

12C [Functional Option]

12C-Z1 With buffer (12)


M

Dimensions

[mm]

21.5

Standard type Shorter total length type

22.4

Model

ZZ

27

41.4

17

ZZ

MXQ12C-10Z1

M
103.5

M
93

MXQ12C-20Z1

113.5

103

98

MXQ12C-30Z1

123.5

113

108

MXQ12C-40Z1

141.5

131

126

MXQ12C-50Z1

151.5

141

136

MXQ12C-75Z1

195.5

185

180

MXQ12C-100Z1

220.5

210

205

96

37
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

12C-Z2 With end lock (12)

Dimensions

18.7

36.2

11

Model

Symmetric type
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ12C-10Z2
MXQ12C-20Z2

70

MXQ12C-30Z2

80

MXQ12C-40Z2

98

MXQ12C-50Z2

108

MXQ12C-75Z2

152

MXQ12C-100Z2

177

30

8.4

[mm]
J
68

8.5

MXQ12-10Z2
0.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

12C-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (12)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across flats 10


0.5

Adjustment range 15

11

0.5
Adjustment range 16

11

46.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

53

11

Max. 27

Max. 26
45

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across flats 10


0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across flats 7

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

Width across flats 10


Adjustment range 13
Max. 28

47.3

Series MXQ C

Air Slide Table/Single side ported type

12C [Adjuster Option]

12C-Z3 Axial piping (12)

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

12

33

33

12

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

8.4

8.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Symmetric type
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

12C-Z4 With buffer, end lock (12)


6

22.4

11

21.5

37

Symmetric type

27

8.5

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

MXQ12C-10Z4

Dimensions

0.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ12C-10Z4

J
68

MXQ12C-20Z4

70

MXQ12C-30Z4

80

MXQ12C-40Z4

98

MXQ12C-50Z4

108

MXQ12C-75Z4

152

MXQ12C-100Z4

177

12C-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (12)

Auto Switch
Mounting

MXQ

[mm]

Model
9

8.4

30

Common Adjuster
Options

18.7

36.2

41.4

17

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

22.4

21.5

27

12

33

41.4

33

12

Made to Order

17

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

8.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

8.4

37

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Model Selection

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Symmetric type

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

54

55

Series MXQ

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25

Double ported type


MXQA

Air Slide Table


Height interchangeable type
RoHS

How to Order

MXQ 12

M9BW

30 ZA

Bore
size

Switch mounting groove

Port

Switch mounting groove

Port

Number of auto switches


Standard stroke [mm]

Auto switch
Without auto switch

For applicable auto switches,


refer to the table below.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50


10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75

12
Port
Switch mounting groove

Port
Switch mounting groove

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125


Note)

20
25

S
n

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

Functional option

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100

16

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150


10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150

Note) No setting, as the standard model has the piping ports and auto switch mounting grooves on both sides.

Symbol
Functional option

Without functional option


1
With buffer
2
With end lock
3
Axial piping
4
With buffer, end lock
5
With buffer, axial piping

Adjuster option/Functional option combinations


Symbol

Z
ZA
ZB
ZC
ZD
ZE
ZF
ZG
ZH
ZJ
ZN
ZP
ZQ
ZS

Adjuster
Functional option combination
mounting position Note 1)

1
2
3
4
5
Note
2)
3)
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Without functional option Buffer
End lock Note 4) Axial piping Buffer and end lock Note 2) 4) Buffer and axial piping Note 2)

Without adjuster









Metal stopper with bumper






(Not available for 6)
















Rubber stopper













Shock absorber (RJ)





Note 5) Without adjuster


 Note 6)
 Note 6)
Shorter total Rubber stopper



length type Shock absorber (RJ)





Metal stopper with bumper(Not available for 6)



Adjuster type

Note 1) : Shipped together with the product, but not assembled. Without any
symbols for the adjuster mounting position, the adjuster can be mounted
afterward.
Note 2) For buffer mechanism, buffer stroke will be shorter for the stroke that is
adjusted by the extension stroke end adjuster.
Note 3) When retraction stroke end adjuster with buffer mechanism is needed, use
the centralised adjuster specification (-X27). End lock or axial piping option
cannot be mounted to the centralised adjuster specification model.

Note 4) Extension stroke end adjuster with end lock mechanism is available as long
adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28). The adjustment nut cannot be
tightened with the standard adjuster.
Note 5) Extension stroke end adjuster mounting holes are removed to reduce the
total length.
Note 6) Shorter total length type can be used, but the retraction stroke end
adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.

Adjuster Mounting Position

Common Adjuster
Options

Refer to page 57 for details.


Body option
Standard type
Symmetric type

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Made to Order

Extension stroke end adjuster mounting part is cut off to reduce the total length of the table.

Retract

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3 for further information on auto switches.

Solid state auto switch

Type

Special function

Electrical Indicator
light
entry

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Diagnostic indication
Grommet Yes 3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indication)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Water resistant
3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indication)
2-wire

DC

Auto switch model


AC

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA

5 V, 12 V

12 V
24 V

5 V, 12 V
12 V
5 V, 12 V
12 V

Lead wire length [m]


Pre-wired
Applicable load
0.5 1 3 5
connector
() (M) (L) (Z)

   
IC

   

   

   

Relay,
IC
   

PLC


   
   

IC
   

   


Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such cases SMC cannot guarantee water resistance. Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m (Example) M9NW


1 m M (Example) M9NWM
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ

Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 85 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 3.
Auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled).

56

Made to Order

Extend

Model Selection

Extension stroke
end adjuster

Auto Switch
Mounting

Shorter total length type


Retraction stroke
end adjuster

Series MXQ
Specifications
Bore size [mm]
Piping port size
Fluid
Action
Operating pressure
Proof pressure
Ambient and fluid temperature
Operating speed range
(Average operating speed)
Cushion (Without stroke adjuster)
Cushion (With stroke adjuster)
Lubrication
Auto switch
Stroke length tolerance

12
16
20
25
M5 x 0.8
Air
Double acting
0.15 to 0.7 MPa Note) (End lock: 0.35 to 0.7 MPa)
1.05 MPa
10 to 60C
50 to 500 mm/s (Metal stopper with bumper: 50 to 300 mm/s)
in the standard stroke table: 50 to 300 mm/s
Internal rubber bumper
Metal stopper with bumper, Rubber stopper, Shock absorber
Non-lube
Solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)
2-colour indication solid state auto switch (2-wire, 3-wire)
+2 to 0 mm

Note) Refer to page 58 for the minimum operating pressure for metal stopper with bumper. If the operating
pressure is lower than the minimum operating pressure, repeated accuracy becomes worse.
Minimum operating pressure of metal stopper with bumper: Pressure required to fully
compress the protrusion of the bumper to get in contact with the metal part.
Operating pressure for the bore size 20 cylinder with shock absorber is 0.15 to 0.6 MPa.

Standard Stroke
Model
Standard stroke [mm]
MXQ6
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
MXQ8
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75
MXQ12
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100
MXQ16
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125
MXQ20
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
MXQ25
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
Note) Operating speed range is 50 to 300 mm/s. (Without stroke adjuster)

Madeeto
Ord r Made to Order

(For details, refer to pages 87 to 91.)

Symbol

-X7
-X9
-X11
-X12
-X27
-X28
-X33
-X39
-X42
-X45

Specifications
PTFE grease
Grease for food processing equipment
Long adjustment bolt
(Longer adjustment range by 10 mm)
Long adjustment bolt
(Longer adjustment range by 20 mm)
Centralised adjuster
Long adjustment nut and bolt
Without built-in auto switch magnet
Fluororubber seal
Anti-corrosive guide unit
EPDM seal

Theoretical Output
The dual rod ensures an output twice that of existing cylinders.
Operating pressure [MPa]
Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area
[mm]
[mm2]
[mm]
direction
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
57
11
17
23
29
34
OUT
6
3
42
8
13
17
21
25
IN
101
20
30
40
51
61
OUT
8
4
75
15
23
30
38
45
IN
226
45
68
90
113
136
OUT
12
6
170
34
51
68
85
102
IN
402
80
121
161
201
241
OUT
16
6
346
69
104
138
173
207
IN
628
126
188
251
314
377
OUT
20
8
528
106
158
211
264
317
IN
982
196
295
393
491
589
OUT
25
10
825
165
247
330
412
495
IN

[N]
0.7
40
29
71
53
158
119
281
242
440
369
687
577

Weight
Standard stroke [mm]
Model
10
20
30
40
50
75
100
MXQ6
120
120
160
180
190

MXQ8
150
180
190
230
310
350

MXQ12
290
310
340
400
430
590
670
MXQ16
500
520
570
650
690
840 1,100
MXQ20
870
870
900
990 1,100 1,300 1,700
MXQ25
1,400 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,900 2,100 2,300
Note) Value in the ( ) is the additional weight for the shock absorber.

Maximum Load Weight


Model
MXQ6
MXQ8
MXQ12
MXQ16
MXQ20
MXQ25

57

[kg]
Without adjuster
Adjuster option
Internal rubber Rubber Metal stopper Shock absorber (RJ)
bumper
stopper with bumper Horizontal
Vertical

0.6
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1.5
1
4
4
4
4
2.5
6
6
6
6
9
9
9
9
6

125

1,200
2,000
3,000

[g]
Extra for option
Reduction of the shorter Additional weight of adjuster option
150
total length type Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end End lock Buffer Axial piping
6

10
8
40
30
6

30
10
8
60
12

20
16
80
70
No addition
21

40
30
150
120
33
2,100
70
50(80)
400
190
60
3,300
110
80
700
310

Allowable Kinetic Energy


Model
MXQ6
MXQ8
MXQ12
MXQ16
MXQ20
MXQ25

Without adjuster
Internal rubber
bumper
0.026
0.033
0.09
0.1
0.2
0.32

Rubber
stopper
0.051
0.053
0.11
0.18
0.34
0.51

[J]
Adjuster option
Metal stopper Shock absorber
with bumper
(RJ)

0.14
0.016
0.17
0.034
0.24
0.07
0.6
0.10
1.2
0.15
1.3

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

Series MXQ

Double ported type


MXQA

Optional Specifications

Model

MXQ6

MXQ8

12

12

MXQ12
MXQ16
0.35 to 0.7

Operating pressure range [MPa]


Holding force [N]

23

MXQ20

MXQ25

70

110

45

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

With End Lock

With Buffer Mechanism


Model

MXQ6

MXQ8
MXQ12
MXQ16
MXQ20
50 to 500 (Horizontal mounting 50 to 300)

Operating speed range (mm/s)


Buffer stroke [mm]
Buffer stroke load [N]

MXQ25

10

Stroke at 0 [mm]

16

25

40

Maximum stroke

15

24

38

59

Applicable Auto Switch to Buffer


Type
Solid state auto switch

Model

Specifications
With light, 2-wire

Electrical entry direction

D-M9BV
D-M9NV

With light, 3-wire, Output: NPN

Vertical

D-M9PV

With light, 3-wire, Output: PNP

Adjusters
Applicable slide table
Mode (Metal stopper with bumper only)
Max. absorbed energy [J]

MXQ8
MXQA-A887

MXQ12
MXQA-A1287

MXQ16
MXQA-A1687

MXQ20
MXQA-A2087

MXQ25
MXQA-A2587
0.18

0.018

0.04

0.08

0.12

Stroke absorption [mm]

2.8

3.6

4.4

5.5

Full compression force of bumper [N]

20

42

65

97

154

Min. operating pressure of metal


stopper with bumper [MPa]

0.3

0.3

0.2

0.2

0.2

Weight [g]
Mounting screw size [mm]

14

25

42

65

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M12 x 1

M14 x 1.5

Common Adjuster
Options

Metal Stopper with Bumper

Pressure required to fully compress the protrusion of the bumper to get in contact with the metal part.

Applicable slide table


Mode (Rubber stopper only)

MXQ6
MXQA-A827

MXQ12
MXQA-A1227

MXQ16
MXQA-A1627

MXQ20
MXQA-A2027

MXQ25
MXQA-A2527

Max. absorbed energy [J]

0.06

0.12

0.2

0.4

0.6

14

25

42

65

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M12 x 1

M14 x 1.5

RJ0603N

MXQ12
RJ0805N

MXQ16
RJ1006N

MXQ20
RJ1007HN

MXQ25
RJ1410N

0.35

0.5

1.5

3.7

10

Weight [g]
Mounting screw size [mm]

MXQ8

Auto Switch
Mounting

Rubber Stopper

Max. absorbed energy [J]


Stroke absorption [mm]

MXQ6

MXQ8

Collision speed [mm/s]

50 to 500

Max. operating frequency [cycle/min]

80

80

70

45

Max. allowable thrust [N]

150

245

422

814

Spring force (Extended) [N]

1.3

2.8

5.4

6.4

Spring force (Compressed) [N]

3.9

4.9

15

Weight [g]

5.5

15

23

65

M6 x 0.75

M8 x 1

M10 x 1

M14 x 1.5

Mounting screw size [mm]

Model Selection

Applicable slide table


Model (Shock absorber only)

Made to Order

Shock Absorber (RJ)

58

Series MXQ
Dimensions: MXQ

[Standard]

6-Z Standard type


HB

GB
G

(NN 1) x H

+0.025
0

) depth 2

20

16

18

12

3H9 (

+0.025
0

6
7

6.5

3H9 (

5.8

3.2

5.3

) depth 2

MXQ

3H9 (

Section A-A

+0.025
0

A
4

) depth 2

GA

3H9 (

+0.025
0

HA

Bottom view
of MXQ6-30Z

) depth 2

NN x M4 x 0.7 tapped through hole

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

) depth 1.5

16.3

Section B-B

F
N 1 xF
11

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

5.5

N x M3 x 0.5 Note 1) 2)

21

+0.025
0

14

3H9 (

34

2.1 (Minimum screw-in depth)

20
12

32

3.5

3H9 (

Pilot port side


4.1 (Maximum screw-in depth)

+0.025
0

) depth 1.5

Z
ZZ

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

3H9 (

+0.025
0

) depth 2

16.3

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

GA

12

32

34

21

12
Pilot port side

HA

+0.025
0

) depth 2

6L-Z Symmetric type

3H9 (

MXQ

Bottom view

20

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

59

[mm]

MXQ6-10Z

F
22

G
18

GA
25

GB
9

H
23

HA
16

HB
38

I
10

J
30

M
64.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
50

ZZ
60

MXQ6-20Z

25

MXQ6-30Z

21

15

15

38

10

30

74.5

50

60

12

26

26

34

20

48

13

40

95.5

63

MXQ6-40Z

26

73

10

38

24

28

28

48

15

50

107.5

75

MXQ6-50Z

27

85

20

48

34

28

28

48

15

60

117.5

85

95

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

Double ported type


MXQA

6-

[Adjuster Option]

With adjuster option (6)

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M6 x 0.75)

13.6

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

13.6

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8
Adjustment range 12

0.5
5

Max. 17

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 10
Max. 15

31.5

31.5

Both ends

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 5

0.5
5

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 3
Max. 13

Max. 15
29.3

29.3

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

6-ZN Height interchangeable type

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ6-10ZN

M
55

MXQ6-20ZN

65

MXQ6-30ZN

86

MXQ6-40ZN

98

MXQ6-50ZN

108

Auto Switch
Mounting

Note) Note) As the total length is reduced by


removing the extension stroke
end adjuster mounting holes, an
extension stroke end adjuster
cannot be mounted
afterward.(Retraction stroke end
adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

Made to Order

Model Selection

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

Common Adjuster
Options

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

60

Series MXQ

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

[Functional Option]

6-Z1 With buffer (6)


Dimensions

M
2.3

17.5

Model

16.6

ZZ

ZZ

MXQ6-10Z1

M
81.5

M
72

MXQ6-20Z1

91.5

82

MXQ6-30Z1

112.5

103

90

MXQ6-40Z1

124.5

115

102

MXQ6-50Z1

134.5

125

112

77

21

31.4

12

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

28
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

6-Z2 With end lock (6)

11.5

24.2

8.5

MXQ

Symmetric type

5.5

Q
J

7.5

Dimensions
MXQ6-10Z2

Model

0.5
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ6-10Z2
MXQ6-20Z2
MXQ6-30Z2

0.5

Adjustment range 15

10

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

0.5
10

Max. 25
41.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

61

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 2
Max. 13

29.3

78.5
90.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

25

100.5

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

57.5

MXQ6-50Z2

6-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (6)


Rubber stopper: ZE

MXQ6-40Z2
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

[mm]
J

33

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

[Functional Option]
Double ported type
MXQA

6-Z3 Axial piping (6)


Pilot port M5 x 0.8
(IN)

21.3 9

9 21.3

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

5.5

5.5

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Symmetric type
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

6-Z4 With buffer, end lock (6)


8.5

17.5

16.6

2.3

MXQ

11.5

28

Symmetric type

21

31.4

24.2

12

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

7.5

MXQ6-10Z4

Dimensions

[mm]

5.5

Model
MXQ6-10Z4

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ6-20Z4

0.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

60

25

MXQ6-30Z4

81

MXQ6-40Z4

93

MXQ6-50Z4

103

33

6-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (6)

Symmetric type

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Auto Switch
Mounting
31.4

Made to Order

5.5

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

28
2

Model Selection

5.5
Pilot port M5 x 0.8
(IN)

12

21

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)
9 21.3

21.3 9

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

17.5

16.6

2.3

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

Common Adjuster
Options

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

62

Series MXQ

[Standard]

8-Z Standard type


HB
5.8

3H9 (

+0.025
0

) depth 2

G
H

27

23

10

NN x M4 x 0.7 tapped through hole

3H9 (

+0.025
0

) depth 2

HA

GA

Bottom view
of MXQ8-30Z

3H9 (

+0.025
0

Section A-A

) depth 2

14

3H9 (

3.2

6.5

8.3

GB

(NN 1) x H

+0.025
0

MXQ

) depth 2

Dimensions: MXQ

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has AN intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetiSed if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

3.5

23

18

16

38

15

32

Pilot port side

) depth 1.5

21

+0.025
0

3H9 (

3H9 (

4.1(Maximum screw-in depth)


2.1 (Minimum screw-in depth)

+0.025
0

) depth 1.5

Z
ZZ

N x M3 x 0.5 Note 1) 2)

Section B-B

7.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

) depth 2

8L-Z Symmetric type


3H9 (

+0.025
0

) depth 2

HA

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

+0.025
0

GA
4

14

32

38

21

18

3H9 (

MXQ

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

N 1 xF

12

15
23

Pilot port side

Bottom view
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

63

[mm]

MXQ8-10Z

F
25

G
15

GA
21

GB
9

H
25

HA
19

HB
37

I
10

J
26.5

M
68.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
51

ZZ
61

MXQ8-20Z

25

16

40

14

32.5

78.5

61

71

33

26

28

28

26

22

22

MXQ8-30Z

27

40

14.5

42

88.5

71

81

MXQ8-40Z

32

14

45

27

31

31

55

20

52.5

104.5

87

97

MXQ8-50Z

46

16

45

54

29

58

55

37

62.5

131.5

114

124

MXQ8-75Z

50

15

45

56

30

60

55

10

91.5

156.5

116

126

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

With adjuster option (8)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
16.6

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

16.6

Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 10

0.5
5

Max. 15

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 8
Max. 13

30

30

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)
Width across hexagon socket hole 3

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8
Adjustment range 11
Max. 17

0.5
5

5
31.5

Width across flats 8


Adjustment range 9
Max. 15

31.5

Extension stroke end

Retraction stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

Width across flats 8

Width across flats 8


0.5
5

Max. 15

Adjustment range 3
Max. 13

29.3

29.3

Extension stroke end

Retraction stroke end

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 5

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)
1

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

8-ZN Height interchangeable type


Note)
Note) As the total length is reduced by
removing the extension stroke
end adjuster mounting holes, an
extension stroke end adjuster
cannot be mounted
afterward.(Retraction stroke end
adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model

(mm)

MXQ8-10ZN

M
60

MXQ8-20ZN

70

MXQ8-30ZN

80

MXQ8-40ZN

96

MXQ8-50ZN

123

MXQ8-75ZN

148

Model Selection

Double ported type


MXQA

8-

[Adjuster Option]

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

64

Series MXQ

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

[Functional Option]

8-Z1 With buffer (8)


M

Dimensions

2.3

17

Model

17.4

ZZ

21

33.4

15

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

ZZ

MXQ8-10Z1

M
85

M
76.5

77.5

MXQ8-20Z1

95

86.5

87.5

MXQ8-30Z1

105

96.5

97.5

MXQ8-40Z1

121

112.5

113.5

MXQ8-50Z1

148

139.5

140.5

MXQ8-75Z1

173

164.5

142.5

28.5
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8-Z2 With end lock (8)


8.5
5

Symmetric type
7.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

8.5

13.2

27.2

MXQ

Dimensions
0.5

Model
7.5

MXQ8-75Z2

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

[mm]

MXQ8-10Z2

J
61.5

MXQ8-20Z2

71.5

MXQ8-30Z2

81.5

MXQ8-40Z2

97.5

MXQ8-50Z2

124.5

MXQ8-75Z2

139.5

30

43

8-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (8)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE
Extension stroke end shock absorber
(M6 x 0.75)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

0.5

Adjustment range 13

10

0.5

Adjustment range 14

10

Width across flats 8


0.5
10

Max. 25
41.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

65

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M6 x 0.75)

Width across hexagon socket hole 3


Width across flats 8

Max. 23
40

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

Adjustment range 1.6


Max. 13

29.3

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

9.8

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

24.2

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

8.3

9.8

8.3

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Double ported type


MXQA

8-Z3 Axial piping (8)


24.2

MXQ

8 [Functional Option]

Symmetric type
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

8-Z4 With buffer, end lock (8)


27.2

17

17.4

5
28.5

13.2
0.5

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

MXQ8-75Z4

Dimensions
Model

8.5

7.5

Symmetric type

21

33.4

8.5

15

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

7.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ8-10Z4
MXQ8-20Z4

71.5

MXQ8-30Z4

81.5

MXQ8-40Z4

97.5

MXQ8-50Z4

124.5

MXQ8-75Z4

139.5

30

43

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

17.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

28.5

21

Made to Order

8.3

33.4

24.2

15

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5


2

Model Selection

8.3

17

9.8

9.8

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

24.2

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Auto Switch
Mounting

8-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (8)


2.3

MXQ

[mm]
J
61.5

Common Adjuster
Options

2.3

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

Symmetric type

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

66

Series MXQ

12 [Standard]

12-Z Standard type


+0.030
0

4H9 (

GB
G

) depth 2.5

7.4

5
A

8.5

NN x M5 x 0.8 tapped through hole

A
+0.030
0

4H9 (

29

11

Z
ZZ

bottom view of MXQ12-40Z

5.7 (Maximum screw-in depth)

GA

+0.030
0

4H9 (

Pilot port side


4.5

) depth 2

2.7 (Minimum screw-in depth)

23.5

20

49

30
20

40

39

HA

) depth 2.5

) depth 2
4H9 (+0.030
0

Section A-A

) depth 2.5
4H9 (+0.030
0

19

4.2

11.5

HB
(NN 1) x H

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can


touch the guide block and cause
a malfunction etc. Use a screw
which has an intermediate
length between the maximum
screw-in depth and minimum
screw-in depth. Refer to pages
125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a
magnetic substance, it could
become magnetised if touched
by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

27

MXQ

) depth 2.5
4H9 (+0.030
0

Dimensions: MXQ

N x M4 x 0.7 Note 1) 2)

Section B-B

B
2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

N 1 xF
2

11.4

16

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

12L-Z Symmetric type

+0.030
0

4H9 (

) depth 2.5
HA

)
4H9 (+0.030
0
depth 2.5

MXQ

GA

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5

49

27
40

19

23.5

20
30

Pilot port side

Bottom view

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

Dimensions
Model
MXQ12-10Z
MXQ12-20Z
MXQ12-30Z
MXQ12-40Z
MXQ12-50Z
MXQ12-75Z
MXQ12-100Z

67

F
28
28
38
34
34
36
36

G
17
19
21

11
25
14

GA
17
19
21
40
50
61
86

GB
11
11
11
27
37
41
66

H
32
32
40

39
36
36

HA
32
32
40
39
39
72
72

HB
46
48
58
60
60
100
100

I
11
13
15
23
23
42
42

J
32
32
40
50
60
85
110

M
82.5
92.5
102.5
120.5
130.5
174.5
199.5

N
4
4
4
6
6
8
10

NN
2
2
2
3
3
4
5

Z
62.5
64.5
74.5
92.5
102.5
146.5
171.5

[mm]
ZZ
75
77
87
105
115
159
184

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

With adjuster option (12)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M8 x 1)

21.9

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

21.9

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across hexagon socket hole 4


Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

Adjustment range 10

0.5
6.5

6.5

Max. 17
35

Adjustment range 9
Max. 16

35

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across flats 10

Width across flats 10

Adjustment range 11

6.5

0.5
Adjustment range 10

6.5

Max. 18

Max. 17

36.5
36.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

6.5
40.8

Retraction stroke end

6.5

Width across flats 10


Adjustment range 11
Max. 22

40.8

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 12
Max. 23

Width across flats7

Width across flats7

0.5

Width across flats 10

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

12-ZN Height interchangeable type


Dimensions

M
Note)

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension


stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke
end adjuster cannot be mounted afterward. (Retraction
stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

Model

[mm]

MXQ12-10ZN

M
72

MXQ12-20ZN

82

MXQ12-30ZN

92

MXQ12-40ZN

110

MXQ12-50ZN

120

MXQ12-75ZN

164

MXQ12-100ZN

189

Model Selection

MXQ

Double ported type


MXQA

12-

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

12 [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

68

Series MXQ

12 [Functional Option]

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

12-Z1 With buffer (12)


Dimensions

M
21.5

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

22.4

Model

ZZ

37

27

41.4

20

ZZ

MXQ12-10Z1

M
103.5

M
93

MXQ12-20Z1

113.5

103

98

MXQ12-30Z1

123.5

113

108

MXQ12-40Z1

141.5

131

126

MXQ12-50Z1

151.5

141

136

MXQ12-75Z1

195.5

185

180

MXQ12-100Z1

220.5

210

205

96

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

12-Z2 With end lock (12)

Dimensions
Model

[mm]

MXQ12-10Z2

J
68

MXQ12-20Z2

70

MXQ12-30Z2

80

36.2

MXQ

98

MXQ12-50Z2

108

MXQ12-75Z2

152

MXQ12-100Z2

177

18.7

11

8.5

MXQ12-40Z2

Symmetric type
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

5
12

11.4

30

MXQ12-10Z2
0.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

12-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (12)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 4

Width across flats 10


Adjustment range 15
Max. 26
45

0.5
11

Adjustment range 13

Width across flats 10


0.5

11

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M8 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M8 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 4


0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across flats7

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

Adjustment range 16

11
Max. 27
46.5

Width across flats 10


Max. 28
47.3

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

69

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type Series

12-Z3 Axial piping (12)

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ

12 [Functional Option]
Pilot port M5 x 0.8
(IN)

12

33

33

12

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

11.4
11.4

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Symmetric type
Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

12-Z4 With buffer, end lock (12)


21.5
3

Dimensions

[mm]

22.4

Model

J
68

MXQ12-20Z4

70

MXQ12-30Z4

80

MXQ12-40Z4

98

MXQ12-50Z4

108

MXQ12-75Z4

152

MXQ12-100Z4

177

11

37

27

41.4

36.2

18.7

20

MXQ12-10Z4

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5


30
5
12

11.4

Symmetric type

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

0.5

MXQ12-10Z4

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

Common Adjuster
Options

8.5

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

12-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (12)


22.4

Auto Switch
Mounting

21.5

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

27

Made to Order

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

11.4

37

2 x M3 x 0.5 thread depth 5


2

Model Selection

11.4

Symmetric type

41.4

12

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

20

33

33

12

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

70

Series MXQ
Dimensions: MXQ

16 [Standard]

16-Z Standard type

MXQ

35

45

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

16

Bottom view of MXQ16A-50Z


HB

GB

5H9 (

8.7

+0.030
0

) depth 3

2 x 5H9 (

) depth 3

HA

GA

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

5H9 (

+0.030
0

) depth 2

37
5.5

) depth 2
5H9 (+0.030
0

25

31

62

24

7.3 (Maximum screw-in depth)


3.3 (Minimum screw-in depth)

Z
ZZ

7.5

33

Section A-A

+0.030
0

50

NN x M6 x 1 tapped through hole

) depth 3
2 x 5H9 (+0.030
0

24

24

5H9 (

+0.030
0

A
10

5.1

9.5

14.4

) depth 3

(NN 1) x H

N x M5 x 0.8 Note 1) 2)

B
3

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

N 1 xF
2

21

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

7.5

Section B-B

Dimensions
Model

71

[mm]

MXQ16-10Z

F
38

G
16

GA
16

GB
8

H
39

HA
39

HB
58

I
22

J
28

M
98.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
72.5

ZZ
87

MXQ16-20Z

38

20

20

12

39

39

58

15

39

108.5

76.5

91

MXQ16-30Z

48

21

21

30

48

48

50

16

48

118.5

86.5

101

MXQ16-40Z

58

17

80

23

58

135.5

103.5

118

51

27

58

58

40

28

28

MXQ16-50Z

45

80

28

63

145.5

113.5

128

MXQ16-75Z

46

23

75

58

52

52

80

34

88

176.5

144.5

159

MXQ16-100Z

44

39

83

102

44

88

80

53

113

220.5

188.5

203

MXQ16-125Z

44

20

108

127

44

88

80

53

138

245.5

10

213.5

228

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

With adjuster option (16)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
27.2

27.2
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12

Adjustment range 10

0.5
8

Max. 18
40

Adjustment range 8
Max. 17

40

Both ends

Rubber stopper

ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M10 x 1)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)
Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12

0.5
8

Adjustment range 11
Max. 20

Adjustment range 10
Max. 18

41.5
41.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)

Width across flats 12


8

Max. 24
45.3

Adjustment range 10
Max. 22

45.3

16-ZN Shorter total length type


M

Auto Switch
Mounting

Extension stroke end

Dimensions
Note)

Model
MXQ16-10ZN

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension


stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke
end adjuster cannot be mounted afterward. (Retraction
stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

[mm]
M
85

MXQ16-20ZN

95

MXQ16-30ZN

105

MXQ16-40ZN

122

MXQ16-50ZN

132

MXQ16-75ZN

163

MXQ16-100ZN

207

MXQ16-125ZN

232

Model Selection

Retraction stroke end

MXQ

Width across flats 9

0.5

Width across flats 12


Adjustment range 12

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 9

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Double ported type


MXQA

16-

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

16 [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

72

Series MXQ
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

16 [Functional Option]

16-Z1 With buffer (16)


Dimensions

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

29

3.7

M
20.5

ZZ

33

49.4

25

ZZ

MXQ16-10Z1

M
118.5

M
105

107

MXQ16-20Z1

128.5

115

111

MXQ16-30Z1

138.5

125

121

MXQ16-40Z1

155.5

142

138

MXQ16-50Z1

165.5

152

148

MXQ16-75Z1

196.5

183

179

MXQ16-100Z1

240.5

227

223

MXQ16-125Z1

265.5

252

248

41

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

16-Z2 With end lock (16)


Dimensions
5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

7.5

[mm]

MXQ16-10Z2

J
78

MXQ16-20Z2

82

MXQ16-30Z2

92

MXQ16-40Z2

109

MXQ16-50Z2

119

MXQ16-75Z2

150

MXQ16-100Z2

194

MXQ16-125Z2

219

43
62

7.5

13.8

Model

4.5
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

MXQ16-10Z2

33

5
7.5

0.5

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

16-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (16)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12


0.5

13

Adjustment range 14

0.5
13

51.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

73

Width across flats 12

Adjustment range 15
Max. 28

Max. 27
50

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 5

Width across hexagon socket hole 5


0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across flats 9

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

13
Max. 29
52.8

Adjustment range 13

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

16 [Functional Option]
Double ported type
MXQA

16-Z3 Axial piping (16)


52

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

7.5

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

16-Z4 With buffer, end lock (16)

Dimensions

20.5

Model
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)

13.8

7.5

29

3.7

MXQ

J
78

MXQ16-20Z4

82

MXQ16-30Z4

92

MXQ16-40Z4

109

MXQ16-50Z4

119

MXQ16-75Z4

150

MXQ16-100Z4

194

MXQ16-125Z4

219

4.5

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

MXQ16-10Z4

Common Adjuster
Options

7.5

MXQ16-10Z4

33

62
3

33

49.4

43
41

7.5

25

[mm]

0.5

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

Auto Switch
Mounting

16-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (16)


20.5

41

Model Selection

49.4

52
7.5

33

25

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

Made to Order

29

3.7

MXQ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

Series MXQ

2 x M4 x 0.7 thread depth 6

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

74

Series MXQ
Dimensions: MXQ

20 [Standard]

20-Z Standard type

MXQ

48

36

16

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can touch the


guide block and cause a malfunction etc.
Use a screw which has an intermediate
length between the maximum screw-in
depth and minimum screw-in depth. Refer
to pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a magnetic
substance, it could become magnetised if
touched by a magnet etc. This could
cause an auto switch malfunction.

Bottom view of MXQ20-50Z


HB

GB

(NN 1) x H

) depth 3

G
H

5H9 (

10.7

+0.030
0

) depth 3

+0.030
0

19.3

+0.030
0

5H9 (

) depth 3

HA

GA

Section A-A

+0.030
0

2 x 5H9 (

NN x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

) depth 3

29

29

10

9.5

5.1

2 x 5H9 (

10

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

Z
ZZ
5H9 (

) depth 2

46

5.5

) depth 2

32

36

42
60

30

3.3 (Minimum screw-in depth)

5H9 (

+0.030
0

+0.030
0

72

7.3 (Maximum screw-in depth)

N 1 xF

Section B-B

2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

27

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

10

N x M5 x 0.8 Note 1) 2)

Dimensions
Model

75

[mm]

MXQ20-10Z

F
45

G
18

GA
14

GB
8

H
46

HA
50

HB
70

I
24.5

J
34

M
113.5

N
4

NN
2

Z
85

ZZ
104

MXQ20-20Z

40

18

MXQ20- 30Z

48

28

14

46

50

70

24.5

34

123.5

85

104

24

18

46

50

70

22.5

46

133.5

95

MXQ20-40Z

58

114

28

18

80

22.5

56

143.5

105

124

52

34

56

56

42

28

MXQ20-50Z

48

80

30.5

64

159.5

121

140

MXQ20-75Z

55

22

78

58

56

56

90

38.5

90

193.5

155

174

MXQ20-100Z

50

16

72

108

56

112

90

63.5

115

266.5

205

224

MXQ20-125Z

55

32

91

133

59

118

90

63.5

140

291.5

230

249

MXQ20-150Z

62

48

110

158

62

124

90

63.5

165

316.5

255

274

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

With adjuster option (20)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
34.5

34.5
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M12 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon


socket hole 6

Width across hexagon


socket hole 6

Width across flats 17


Adjustment range 10

0.5
10

10

Width across flats 17


Adjustment range 9
Max. 20

Max. 21
47

47

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M12 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6


Width across flats 17

Width across flats 17


0.5
Adjustment range 12

10

10

Adjustment range 11
Max. 21

Max. 22
48.5

48.5

Extension stroke end

Retraction stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end shock absorber
(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 12

0.5

Width across flats 9


Adjustment range 6
Max. 18

45.3

45.3

Auto Switch
Mounting

Width across flats 9


Adjustment range 3
Max. 15

Common Adjuster
Options

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Width across flats 12

Extension stroke end

Retraction stroke end


Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

20-ZN Height interchangeable type


M

Note)

Dimensions
Model

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension stroke end adjuster
mounting holes, an extension stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted afterward.
(Retraction stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

[mm]

MXQ20-10ZN

M
96

MXQ20-20ZN

106

MXQ20-30ZN

116

MXQ20-40ZN

126

MXQ20-50ZN

142

MXQ20-75ZN

176

MXQ20-100ZN

249

MXQ20-125ZN

274

MXQ20-150ZN

299

Model Selection

MXQ

Double ported type


MXQA

20-

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

20 [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

76

Series MXQ

20 [Functional Option]

Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

20-Z1 With buffer (20)


Dimensions

ZZ

42

60

32

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

35.7

3.8

18

ZZ

MXQ20-10Z1

M
131

M
113.5

MXQ20-20Z1

141

123.5

MXQ20-30Z1

151

133.5

131.5

MXQ20-40Z1

161

143.5

141.5

MXQ20-50Z1

177

159.5

157.5

MXQ20-75Z1

211

193.5

191.5

MXQ20-100Z1

284

266.5

241.5

MXQ20-125Z1

309

291.5

266.5

MXQ20-150Z1

334

316.5

291.5

121.5

44.5
2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

10

20-Z2 With end lock (20)


16.2

53

10

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

72

MXQ

Dimensions
Model
MXQ20-10Z2

9.5
3

MXQ20-20Z2
3

MXQ20-10Z2
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

10

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

[mm]
J

91.5

MXQ20-30Z2

101.5

MXQ20-40Z2

111.5

MXQ20-50Z2

127.5

MXQ20-75Z2

161.5

MXQ20-100Z2

234.5

MXQ20-125Z2

259.5

MXQ20-150Z2

284.5

38

61

0.5

20-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (20)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6


Width across flats 17

Width across flats 17

13

Adjustment range 16

0.5
13

Max. 30
57

0.5
Adjustment range 18

13

Width across flats 12


Adjustment range 9
Max. 25

Max. 31
58.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

77

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M10 x 1)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M12 x 1)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across flats 9

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

52.8

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

Double ported type


MXQA

20-Z3 Axial piping (20)


61

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

8.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

16.2

20-Z4 With buffer, end lock (20)


Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8
(Plug: M-5P)

18

10

35.7

10

3.8

MXQ

5
3

32

42

60

72

53

9.5

MXQ20-10Z4

Dimensions
Model
3

44.5

MXQ20-10Z4

2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

MXQ20-20Z4

10

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

0.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

91.5

MXQ20-30Z4

101.5

MXQ20-40Z4

111.5

MXQ20-50Z4

127.5

MXQ20-75Z4

161.5

MXQ20-100Z4

234.5

MXQ20-125Z4

259.5

MXQ20-150Z4

284.5

38

61

Auto Switch
Mounting

20-Z5 With buffer, axial piping (20)


18

35.7

3.8

MXQ

(mm)
J

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

44.5

Made to Order
Model Selection

8.5

42

60

32

61
Pilot port M5 x 0.8
(IN)

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

20A [Functional Option]

Common Adjuster
Options

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

2 x M5 x 0.8 thread depth 7

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

78

Series MXQ
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

25

[Standard]

25-Z Standard type

50

65

Note 1) If long bolts are used, they can


touch the guide block and cause a
malfunction etc. Use a screw which
has an intermediate length between
the maximum screw-in depth and
minimum screw-in depth. Refer to
pages 125 and 126 for details.
Note 2) Since the table is made of a
magnetic substance, it could
become magnetised if touched by a
magnet etc. This could cause an
auto switch malfunction.

26

Bottom view of MXQ25-75Z


HB
(NN 1) x H

GB

) depth 4

G
H

23.5

6H9 (

12.5

+0.030
0

) depth 4

2 x 6H9 (

+0.030
0

6H9 (
A

) depth 4

HA

Section A-A

GA

+0.030
0

NN x M8 x 1.25 thread depth 12

) depth 4

35

35

12

6.6

11

+0.030
0

2 x 6H9 (

13

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

J
Z

ZZ
6H9 (

) depth 3
6H9 (+0.030
0

55
37

6.5

N x M6 x 1 Note 1) 2)

Section B-B

70

44

50

36

4 (Minimum screw-in depth)

) depth 3

88

9 (Maximum screw-in depth)

+0.030
0

N 1 xF

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

30
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

I
13

Dimensions
Model

79

[mm]

MXQ25-10Z

F
55

G
18

GA
18

GB
7

H
55

HA
55

HB
80

I
30

J
36

M
131.5

N
4

NN
2

MXQ25-20Z

46

18

MXQ25-30Z

55

28

MXQ25-40Z

65

MXQ25-50Z

Z
95

ZZ
118

18

55

55

80

30

36

141.5

28

17

55

55

80

22

54

151.5

95

118

105

28

28

17

65

65

90

22

64

161.5

128

115

75

36

36

20

80

80

110

43

66

138

184.5

138

MXQ25-75Z

60

76

45

65

110

42

161

92

209.5

163

MXQ25-100Z

48

20

64

46

44

88

120

186

28

117

250.5

174

MXQ25-125Z

60

18

84

60

66

132

197

170

67

142

314.5

238

MXQ25-150Z

65

43

109

85

66

132

261

170

66

168

339.5

263

286

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

With adjuster option (25)

Metal stopper with bumper ZA : Both ends, ZB : Extension stroke end, ZC : Retraction stroke end, ZS : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
41.3

41.3
Extension stroke end adjuster
(M14 x 1.5)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19

0.5
11

11

Adjustment range 11

Adjustment range 10
Max. 21

Max. 22
54

54

Both ends

Rubber stopper ZD : Both ends, ZE : Extension stroke end, ZF : Retraction stroke end, ZP : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Retraction stroke end adjuster
(M14 x 1.5)

Retraction stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 19


Adjustment range 12

Width across flats 19

0.5
11

11

Max. 24

Adjustment range 11
Max. 23

55.5

55.5

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

Shock absorber (RJ) ZG : Both ends, ZH : Extension stroke end, ZJ : Retraction stroke end, ZQ : Retraction stroke end (Shorter total length type)
Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19

Retraction stroke end shock absorber


(M14 x 1.5)

Max. 36

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the
standard type.

Adjustment range 20
Max. 35

67.1

67.1

Retraction stroke end

Extension stroke end

25-ZN Height interchangeable type


M

Note)

Dimensions
Model

Note) As the total length is reduced by removing the extension


stroke end adjuster mounting holes, an extension stroke
end adjuster cannot be mounted afterward. (Retraction
stroke end adjuster can be mounted afterward.)

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

[mm]

MXQ25-10ZN

M
110

MXQ25-20ZN

120

MXQ25-30ZN

130

MXQ25-40ZN

140

MXQ25-50ZN

163

MXQ25-75ZN

188

MXQ25-100ZN

229

MXQ25-125ZN

293

MXQ25-150ZN

318

Model Selection

MXQ

Common Adjuster
Options

0.5
11

11

Auto Switch
Mounting

Adjustment range 21

Width across flats 12

Width across flats 12

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M14 x 1.5)

Double ported type


MXQA

25-

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

25 [Adjuster Option]

Made to Order

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

80

Series MXQ
Dimensions: MXQ

MXQ

25

[Functional Option]

25-Z1 With buffer (25)


Dimensions

20.5

ZZ

50

70

37

50

ZZ

MXQ25-10Z1

M
151.5

M
130

MXQ25-20Z1

161.5

140

MXQ25-30Z1

171.5

150

148

MXQ25-40Z1

181.5

160

158

MXQ25-50Z1

204.5

183

181

MXQ25-75Z1

229.5

208

206

MXQ25-100Z1

270.5

249

217

MXQ25-125Z1

334.5

313

281

MXQ25-150Z1

359.5

338

306

138

Dimensions other than listed above are


the same as those for the standard type.

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

13

25-Z2 With end lock (25)


19

MXQ

[mm]
Standard type Shorter total length type

Model

42.5

4.5

J
11

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

66
88

Dimensions
Model

12.5
3

MXQ25-10Z2
Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

13

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the standard type.

MXQ

[mm]

MXQ25-10Z2

J
109

MXQ25-20Z2

104

MXQ25-30Z2

114

MXQ25-40Z2

124

MXQ25-50Z2

147

MXQ25-75Z2

172

MXQ25-100Z2

213

MXQ25-125Z2

277

MXQ25-150Z2

302

Q
48

43

73

0.5

25-Z2 With end lock, extension stroke end adjuster (25)

Select the long adjustment nut and bolt specification (-X28) when an end lock and extension stroke end adjuster are used together.
The stroke adjustment range is different from the adjuster of the standard product.
Retraction stroke end adjuster cannot be mounted to the end lock.

Rubber stopper: ZE

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

Width across flats 19

Width across flats 19


0.5

0.5
18

Adjustment range 13

18

Max. 31
64

Adjustment range 15

Width across flats 19


18

Adjustment range 23
Max. 44

Max. 33
65.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

81

Extension stroke end shock absorber


(M14 x 1.5)

Extension stroke end adjuster


(M14 x 1.5)

Width across hexagon socket hole 6

0.5

Shock absorber (RJ): ZH

Width across flats 12

Metal stopper with bumper: ZB

77.1

Air Slide Table/Height interchangeable type

Double ported type


MXQA

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

25-Z3

76

Axial piping (25)

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(IN)

10.5

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

25-Z4

19

MXQ

11

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8


(Plug: M-5P)

20.5

13

42.5

4.5

With buffer, end lock (25)

37
12.5

50

70

66
88

MXQ25-10Z4

Dimensions
Model

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

5
13

50

Pilot port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Dimensions other than listed above are the same as those for the standard type.

104

MXQ25-30Z4

114

MXQ25-40Z4

124

MXQ25-50Z4

147

MXQ25-75Z4

172

MXQ25-100Z4

213

MXQ25-125Z4

277

MXQ25-150Z4

302

43

73

20.5

Pilot port M5 x 0.8


(OUT)

Made to Order

50

50

Model Selection

10.5

70

37

76
Pilot port M5 x 0.8
(IN)

MXQ25-20Z4

Q
48

42.5

With buffer, axial piping (25)

MXQ25-10Z4

Auto Switch
Mounting

25-Z5

4.5

MXQ

[mm]
J
109

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

25 [Functional Option]

Common Adjuster
Options

Dimensions: MXQ

Series MXQ

2 x M6 x 1 thread depth 9

Dimensions other than listed above


are the same as those for the
standard type.

82

Series MXQ

Common Adjuster Options


Metal Stopper with Bumper
Extension stroke end
Adjustment nut

Stopper block

A1

A1

MXQB-CS
Table

E
B

Retraction stroke end

A1

A1

MXQB-CT

Model
Applicable size

Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Metal stopper with bumper only Note 1)

A1

M(Fine pitch) P Note 2)

30 2
8 3
5
18
5.8 8.3 M6 x 0.75
MXQA-CS8
MXQA-CT8
MXQA-A887

35 2.8 10 4
6.5 24
7.1 10.4
MXQA-CS12 MXQA-CT12
M8 x 1
MXQA-A1287

40 3.6 12 5
8
29.4 9.2 12.6
MXQA-CS16 MXQA-CT16
M10 x 1
MXQA-A1687

47 4.4 17 6 10
36
11.2 16.2
MXQA-CS20 MXQA-CT20
M12 x 1
MXQA-A2087

54 5.5 19 6 11
44
13.5 19.3 M14 x 1.5
MXQA-CS25 MXQA-CT25
MXQA-A2587
35 2
10 4
6.5 24
7.1 10.4
M8 x 1
MXQ 8B MXQB-CS8
MXQB-CT8
MXQB-A887
40 2.8 12 5
8
29.4 9.2 12.6
M10 x 1
MXQ12B MXQB-CS12 MXQB-CT12
MXQB-A1287
47 3.6 17 6 10
36
11.2 16.2
M12 x 1
MXQ16B MXQB-CS16 MXQB-CT16
MXQB-A1687
54 4.4 19 6 11
44
13.5 19.3 M14 x 1.5
MXQ20B MXQB-CS20 MXQB-CT20
MXQB-A2087
Note 1) Metal stopper with bumper only: A single unit of stopper without stopper block, adjustment nut and hexagon socket head cap screw
Note 2) Size of hexagon socket head cap screw
MXQ 8 (A,C)
MXQ12 (A,C)
MXQ16 (A)
MXQ20 (A)
MXQ25 (A)

83

M3 x 6
M4 x 8
M5 x 10
M6 x 12
M8 x 16
M4 x 8
M5 x 10
M6 x 12
M8 x 16

6.8
8.8
10.8
12.3

Common Adjuster Options

Series MXQ

Rubber Stopper

D
B
C

E
B

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Table

F
Applicable size

Model
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Rubber stopper only

MXQ6(A)
MXQ6B
MXQA-AT8
MXQA-AS8
MXQ8(A,C)
MXQ12(A,C)
MXQA-AT12
MXQA-AS12
MXQ8B
MXQ16(A)
MXQA-AT16
MXQA-AS16
MXQ12B
MXQ20(A)
MXQA-AT20
MXQA-AS20
MXQ16B
MXQ25(A)
MXQA-AT25
MXQA-AS25
MXQ20B
Note) Size of hexagon socket head cap screw

M(Fine pitch)

P Note)

18

5.8

8.3

M6 x 0.75

M3 x 6

6.5

24

7.1

10.4

M8 x 1

M4 x 8

29.4

9.2

12.6

M10 x 1

M5 x 10

17

10

36

11.2

16.2

M12 x 1

M6 x 12

19

11

44

13.5

19.3

M14 x 1.5

M8 x 16

MXQA-A827

31.5

MXQA-A1227

36.5

10

MXQA-A1627

41.5

12

MXQA-A2027

48.5

MXQA-A2527

55.5

Shock Absorber (RJ)


Extension stroke end

Retraction stroke end


M

A1

MXQA-JT8

MXQA-JT12 to JT25

Common Adjuster
Options

A1
Table

E
B

58

MXQA-JS12 to JS25

MXQA-JS8
4

Applicable size

Model
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Shock absorber only

A1

23

MXQA-JT20P Note 2)
C

M5 x 10 Note 1)

M(Fine pitch)

P Note 1)

MXQ6(A)
M3 x 6
MXQ6B
M6 x 0.75
8.3
5.8
18
5
1
8
3.4
29.9
RJ0603N
MXQA-JT8
MXQA-JS8
MXQ8(A,C)
MXQ12(A,C)
M4 x 8
M8 x 1
7.1 10.4
6.5 24
7
10
5
40.8
RJ0805N
MXQA-JT12
MXQA-JS12
MXQ8B
MXQ16(A)
M5 x 10
M10 x 1
9.2 12.6
29.4
8
9
12
6
45.3
RJ1006N
MXQA-JT16
MXQA-JS16
MXQ12B
MXQ20(A)
M6 x 12
M10 x 1
11.2 16.2
36
8
9
12
7
45.3
RJ1007HN
MXQA-JT20P
MXQA-JS20
MXQ16B
MXQ25(A)
M8 x 16
M14 x 1.5
13.5 19.3
44
11
12
19
67.1 10
RJ1410N
MXQA-JT25
MXQA-JS25
MXQ20B
Note 1) Size of hexagon socket head cap screw
Note 2) Since the retraction stroke end shock absorber of the MXQ20(A) and MXQ16B has the different thread size from the thread of the product, use the
mounting plate to mount the shock absorber. This makes the part number to be different from other sizes. (The part number has a suffix P.)

84

Made to Order

Model Selection

Double ported type


MXQA

Retraction stroke end

Auto Switch
Mounting

Extension stroke end

Series MXQ

Auto Switch Mounting


Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End)

Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the


operating conditions in the actual setting.

Solid State Switch: D-M9/M9W


Model

MXQ6(A)
MXQ8(A,C)
MXQ12(A,C)
MXQ16(A)
MXQ20(A)
MXQ25(A)
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B

[mm]

A stroke
10
18
13.9
16.9
20.6
32.2
34.4
18
29
16.5
20.6
32.2

20
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

30
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

40
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

50
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

75

13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

E stroke
100

16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4

13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

125

20.6
21.2
25.4

16.5
20.6
21.2

150

21.2
25.4

20.6
21.2

10
0
5.1
14.1
20
20.9
28.7
1
2
24.1
33
30.9

20
0.6
5.1
6.1
14
21.9
27.7
11.6
9.1
18.1
23
31.9

30
3.6
5.1
6.1
14
21.9
27.7
11.6
9.1
18.1
23
31.9

40
5.6
11.1
14.1
21
21.9
27.7
17.6
17.1
25.1
23
31.9

50
5.6
28.1
14.1
21
27.9
40.7
34.6
17.1
25.1
29
44.9

75

5.1
33.1
27
36.9
40.7
11.6
36.1
31.1
38
44.9

100

33.1
46
69.1
42.7

36.1
50.1
63
46.9

125

46
61.9
65.4

50.1
63
69.9

Solid State Switch: D-M9V/M9WV


Model

MXQ6(A)
MXQ8(A,C)
MXQ12(A,C)
MXQ16(A)
MXQ20(A)
MXQ25(A)
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B

[mm]

A stroke
10
18
13.9
16.5
20.6
32.2
34.4
18
29
16.5
20.6
32.2

20
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

30
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

40
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

50
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

75

13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4
7.4
13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

150

61.9
65.7

63
69.9

E stroke
100

16.5
20.6
21.2
25.4

13.9
16.5
20.6
21.2

125

20.6
21.2
25.4

16.5
20.6
21.2

150

21.2
25.4

20.6
21.2

10
2
7.1
16.1
22
22.9
30.7
3
4
26.1
35
32.9

20
2.6
7.1
8.1
16
23.9
29.7
13.6
11.1
20.1
25
33.9

30
5.6
7.1
8.1
16
23.9
29.7
13.6
11.1
20.1
25
33.9

40
7.6
13.1
16.1
23
23.9
29.7
19.6
19.1
27.1
25
33.9

50
7.6
30.1
16.1
23
29.9
42.7
36.6
19.1
27.1
31
46.9

75

7.1
35.1
29
38.9
42.7
13.6
38.1
33.1
39
46.9

100

35.1
48
63.9
28.7

38.1
52.1
65
32.9

125

48
63.9
67.7

52.1
65
71.9

150

63.9
67.7

65
71.9

Auto Switch Mounting

Caution
 Auto switch mounting direction

 Tightening torque

If the lead wire is positioned like the drawing on the left, the auto switch
may malfunction. Mount the lead wire like the drawing on the right.

Tightening Torque of Auto Switch Mounting Screw


Auto switch model

D-M9(V)/M9W(V)

Lead wire in the


retracted direction

[Nm]
Tightening torque
0.05 to 0.15

Lead wire in the


extended direction
Auto switch mounting screw
(included with auto switch)

 Auto switch mounting tool


When tightening the auto switch set screw (included with auto switch),

Watchmakers' screwdriver

Auto switch

use a watchmakers' screwdriver with a handle about 5 to 6 mm in diameter.

Operating Range
[mm]
Auto switch model

D-M9/M9V/M9W/M9WV

Applicable bore size

12

16

20

25

2.5

2.5

4.5

Values which include hysteresis are for guideline purposes only, they are not a guarantee (assuming approximately 30%
dispersion) and may change substantially depending on the ambient environment.

Caution

Allow a space of 3 mm or more for a side by side mounting.

Allow a space of 3 mm or more if standard type and symmetric type are used side by side.
Otherwise, the auto switch may malfunction.

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in How to Order, the following auto switches can be mounted.
Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H) and solid state auto switch (D-F8) are also available.
Refer to the Best Pneumatics No.3 for details.

85

Prior to Use
Sink Input Specifications

Source Input Specifications

3-wire, NPN

3-wire, PNP

Auto switch

Brown

Black

Auto switch

Blue

Input

Black
Blue

COM

COM
(PLC internal circuit)

2-wire

2-wire

Brown Input

(PLC internal circuit)

Brown COM
Auto switch

Auto switch
Blue

Blue
COM

Input
(PLC internal circuit)

(PLC internal circuit)

Connect according to the applicable PLC input specifications, as the connection method will vary depending on the PLC input specifications.

Example of AND (Series) and OR (Parallel) Connection


3-wire AND connection for NPN output
(Using relays)
Brown

Load

Black

Auto switch 1

Brown

Black Load
Blue

Blue

Brown

Brown

Brown

Black

Auto switch 2

Black

Auto switch 2

Blue

Load

Black
Blue

3-wire AND connection for PNP output


(Using relays)

3-wire OR connection for PNP output


(Performed with auto switches only)

Black

Auto switch 1

Blue

Black

Auto switch 1

Black

Blue

Blue

Brown

Brown

Brown

Black

Black Load

Auto switch 2
Load

Blue

2-wire AND connection

Blue

Auto switch 1
Blue
Brown
Auto switch 2

Black

Load

Blue

2-wire OR connection
Brown

Brown
Load

Auto switch 2

Common Adjuster
Options

Brown

Brown
Relay

Auto Switch
Mounting

Brown

Auto switch 2

Black

Blue

Blue

Auto switch 1

Auto switch 1

When two auto switches are


connected in series, a load
may malfunction because
the load voltage will decline
when in the ON state.
The indicator lights will light
up when both of the auto
switches are in the ON state.

Blue

(Solid state)
Load

Auto switch 1
Blue
Brown

When two auto switches


are connected in parallel,
malfunction may occur
because the load voltage
will increase when in the
OFF state.

Made to Order

Auto switch 2

Brown

Relay

Auto switch 2

Model Selection

Auto switch 1

3-wire OR connection for NPN output


(Performed with auto switches only)

Blue

Load voltage at ON = Power supply voltage Residual voltage x 2 pcs. Load voltage at OFF = Leakage current x 2 pcs. x Load impedance
= 24 V 4 V x 2 pcs.
= 1 mA x 2 pcs. x 3 k
= 16 V
=6V
Example: Supply voltage 24 VDC
Internal voltage drop in auto switch is 4 V.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Brown Input

Double ported type


MXQA

Auto Switch Connection and Example

Example: Load impedance 3 k


Leakage current from auto switch is 1 mA.

86

Series

MXQ

Made to Order

Madeeto
Ord r

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions, specifications and lead times.

Symbol

1 PTFE Grease

-X7

PTFE grease is used for all parts that grease is applied.

MXQ Standard model no.

Specifications
Bore size [mm]

X7

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25

Dimensions other than the above are the same as those for the standard type.

PTFE grease

Warning
Precautions
Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that
is hazardous to humans.
Symbol

2 Grease for Food Processing Equipment


Grease for food is used for all parts that grease is applied.

MXQ Standard model no.

-X9
Specifications
Bore size [mm]

X9

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25

Dimensions other than the above are the same as those for the standard type.

Grease for food

Caution

1. Do not use in a food contact environment.


2. Do not use in a liquid splash environment, e.g. water, detergent or liquid chemicals.
Symbol

3 Long Adjustment Bolt (Longer adjustment range by 10 mm)

-X11

Metal stopper with bumper, Rubber stopper: Stroke adjustment range is increased by 10 mm compared with the standard product by making the adjustment bolt longer.
Shock absorber (RJ): Adjustment range becomes larger with the cap bracket mounted at the rod end of the shock absorber.
Note 1) Refer to the table below for the shock absorber unit applicable to -X11.
Note 2) -X11 is not available for the product with end lock. Please consult SMC when a product with the 10 mm longer adjustment range is required.

Standard model no.

MXQ

Standard adjuster model no.


Standard adjustment bolt model

no. Note 1)

X11
Long adjustment bolt (Longer adjustment range by 10 mm)

Metal Stopper with Bumper

Retraction stroke end adjuster

Extension stroke end adjuster

[mm]

Applicable model

MXQ8(A,C)

40

25

20

23

18

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQ8B

45

27

20

26

19

MXQ16(A)

MXQ12B

50

28

20

27

18

MXQ20(A)

MXQ16B

57

31

20

30

19

MXQ25(A)

MXQ20B

64

32

21

31

20

-X11 is not available for the MXQ6 (A, B).

Rubber Stopper
Adjustment range C

0.5

Max. B

Cap bracket

Adjustment range E
Max. D

41.5

27

22

25

20

MXQ8(A,C)

MXQ6B

41.5

27

21

25

19

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQ8B

46.5

28

21

27

20

MXQ16(A)

MXQ12B

51.5

30

21

28

20

MXQ20(A)

MXQ16B

58.5

32

22

31

21

MXQ25(A)

MXQ20B

65.5

34

22

33

21

Shock Absorber (RJ)


Applicable model
Stroke

A
RJ-X2300
Cap bracket is mounted to lengthen
the A dimension.

87

[mm]

Applicable model

MXQ6(A)

[mm]

Applicable shock absorber model

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQ8B

47.3

29

19

29

18

RJ0805U-X2300

MXQ16(A)

MXQ12B

52.8

31

19

30

18

RJ1006U-X2300

MXQ20(A)

MXQ16B

52.8

23

11

26

14

RJ1007HU-X2300

MXQ25(A)

MXQ20B

77.1

46

31

42

30

RJ1410U-X2300

-X11 is not available for the MXQ6 (A, B) and MXQ8 (A, C).
Shape of the adjustment part varies (hexagonal hole, width across flats, slot) depending on the
model of the adjuster or shock absorber. Refer to the full view of the standard product for details.

Made to Order

Series MXQ

Symbol

4 Long Adjustment Bolt (Longer adjustment range by 20 mm)

Double ported type


MXQA

-X12

Metal stopper with bumper, rubber stopper: Stroke adjustment range is increased by 20 mm compared with the standard product by
making the adjustment bolt longer. For adjustment range, refer to the table below.
Note 1) -X12 is not available for the shock absorber (RJ).
Note 2) -X12 is not available for the product with end lock. Please consult SMC when a product with the 20 mm longer adjustment range is required.

Standard model no.

X12

Standard adjuster model no.


Standard adjustment bolt model no.

Long adjustment bolt (Longer adjustment range by 20 mm)

Metal Stopper with Bumper

Retraction stroke end adjuster

Extension stroke end adjuster

[mm]

Applicable model

MXQ8(A,C)

50

35

30

33

28

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQ8B

55

37

30

36

29

MXQ16(A)

MXQ12B

60

38

30

37

28

MXQ20(A)

MXQ16B

67

41

30

40

29

MXQ25(A)

MXQ20B

74

42

31

41

30

-X12 is not available for the MXQ6 (A, B).

51.5

37

32

35

30

MXQ8(A,C)

MXQ6B

51.5

37

31

35

29

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQ8B

56.5

38

31

37

30

MXQ16(A)

MXQ12B

61.5

40

31

38

30

MXQ20(A)

MXQ16B

68.5

42

32

41

31

MXQ25(A)

MXQ20B

75.5

44

32

43

31

Shape of the adjustment part varies (hexagonal hole, width


across flats, slot) depending on the model of the adjuster or
shock absorber. Refer to the full view of the standard product
for details.

Common Adjuster
Options

[mm]

Applicable model

MXQ6(A)

Auto Switch
Mounting

Max. B

Rubber Stopper
Adjustment range E
Max. D

Made to Order

0.5

Model Selection

Adjustment range C

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

88

Series

MXQ
Symbol

5 Centralised Adjuster

-X27

When a retraction stroke end adjuster with buffer mechanism is needed or when the standard models retraction stroke end adjuster
cannot be used, use the centralised adjuster specification (-X27).

MXQ 12 A

30 ZA 1

M9BW S

X27
Made to Order
Centralised adjuster

Auto switch
Applicable auto switch: M9

Adjuster option
Symbol

Body option
A
C
CL

Double ported type


Single side ported type
Single side ported type, symmetric type
Height interchangeable type
Height interchangeable type, symmetric type

ZA
ZC
ZD
ZF
ZG
ZJ

Number of
auto switches

S
n

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

Adjuster mounting position Note 1) Functional option


Extension stroke end Note 2) Retraction stroke end (None) 1 (Buffer) Note 4)
Note 3)

Functional option
Metal stopper with bumper

Symbol Functional option type

Without functional option

Rubber stopper

Buffer
1

Shock absorber (RJ)

Adjuster type

Note 1) Without any symbols for the adjuster mounting position, the adjuster can
be mounted afterward.
Note 2) Using long adjustment nut and bolt (-X28) for the extension stroke end adjuster
of -X27. The adjustment nut cannot be tightened with the standard adjuster.
Bore size
Dimensions are the same as standard products. Note 3) The MXQ6 is not available for metal stopper with bumper.
Note 4) For buffer mechanism, buffer stroke will be shorter for the stroke that is
adjusted by the extension stroke end adjuster.

Single side ported type/Height interchangeable type


Standard type
Pilot port side

Metal Stopper with Bumper


Model

Max. B

Adjustment range C
Retraction stroke end adjuster

Extension stroke end adjuster (-X28)


0.5

Adjustment range E

MXQ8(A,C)--X27
MXQ12(A,C)--X27
MXQ16(A)--X27
MXQ20(A)--X27
MXQ25(A)--X27

[mm]

B C D

Adjuster model no. Note 1)


Adjustment bolt model no. Note 2)
E
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end

34
41
47
54
64

13
14
13
16
13

15
16
17
17
19

23
26
27
30
31

MXQA-CT8-X28

MXQA-CT8

MXQA-A887-X11

MXQA-A887

MXQA-CT12-X28 MXQA-CT12 MXQA-A1287-X11 MXQA-A1287


MXQA-CT16-X28 MXQA-CT16 MXQA-A1687-X11 MXQA-A1687
MXQA-CT20-X28 MXQA-CT20 MXQA-A2087-X11 MXQA-A2087
MXQA-CT25-X28 MXQA-CT25 MXQA-A2587-X11 MXQA-A2587

Max. D

Rubber Stopper
Model

[mm]

B C D

Adjuster model no. Note 1)


Adjustment bolt model no. Note 2)
E
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end

36
35
43
48
56
66

15
14
16
15
18
14

Single side ported type/Height interchangeable type


MXQ6(A)--X27
Symmetric type
0.5

Max. D

MXQ8(A,C)--X27

Adjustment range E

MXQ12(A,C)--X27

Extension stroke end adjuster (-X28)


Retraction stroke end adjuster
Adjustment range C

Pilot port side

Max. B

MXQ16(A)--X27
MXQ20(A)--X27
MXQ25(A)--X27

0.5
Pilot port side

MXQ6(A)--X27
Max. D
Adjustment range E

MXQ8(A,C)--X27
MXQ12(A,C)--X27
MXQ16(A)--X27

Extension stroke end adjuster (-X28)

MXQ20(A)--X27

Retraction stroke end adjuster

MXQ25(A)--X27

Adjustment range C
Pilot port side

Max. B

25
25
27
28
31
33

MXQA-AT8-X28

MXQA-AT8

MXQA-A827-X11

MXQA-AT16-X28 MXQA-AT16 MXQA-A1627-X11 MXQA-A1627


MXQA-AT20-X28 MXQA-AT20 MXQA-A2027-X11 MXQA-A2027
MXQA-AT25-X28 MXQA-AT25 MXQA-A2527-X11 MXQA-A2527
[mm]

B C D
34
34
46
52
53
78

MXQA-A827

MXQA-AT12-X28 MXQA-AT12 MXQA-A1227-X11 MXQA-A1227

Shock Absorber (RJ)


Model

Double ported type

16
16
18
19
19
20

9
9
16
15
10
23

Adjuster model no. Note 1)


Shock absorber model no. Note 2)
E
Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end Extension stroke end Retraction stroke end

13 1
MXQA-JT8-X28 MXQA-JT8 RJ0603N
13 1
28 11 MXQA-JT12-X28 MXQA-JT12 RJ0805U-X2300
30 8 MXQA-JT16-X28 MXQA-JT16 RJ1006U-X2300
26 4 MXQA-JT20-X28 MXQA-JT20 RJ1007HU-X2300
45 17 MXQA-JT25-X28 MXQA-JT25 RJ1410U-X2300

RJ0603N
RJ0805N
RJ1006N
RJ1007HN
RJ1410N

Note 1) Adjuster part number is for a set of an adjustment bolt (shock absorber) and a nut. This is used to
add an adjuster later.
Note 2) This part number is only for a single unit of the adjustment bolt (shock absorber) without a nut. This
is used as a spare part when the adjustment bolt is worn.
Shape of the adjustment part varies (hexagonal hole, width across flats, slot) depending on the model of the
adjuster or shock absorber. Refer to the full view of the standard product for details.

89

Made to Order

Series MXQ

-X28

Easier stroke adjustment with the longer overall lengths of the adjustment nut, adjustment bolt and shock absorber. This is used for the extension
stroke end adjuster of the end lock mechanism and the extension stroke end adjuster of the centralised adjuster specification (-X27).

X28
Long adjustment nut and bolt

Metal Stopper with Bumper

[mm]

Adjuster model no.

Note 2)

Adjustment bolt model no.

MXQ8(A,C)

MXQA-CT8-X28

10

40

MXQA-A887-X11

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQA-CT12-X28

11

45

MXQA-A1287-X11

MXQ16(A)

MXQA-CT16-X28

13

50

MXQA-A1687-X11

MXQ20(A)

MXQA-CT20-X28

13

57

MXQA-A2087-X11

MXQ25(A)

MXQA-CT25-X28

18

64

MXQA-A2587-X11

MXQ8B

MXQB-CT8-X28

11

45

MXQB-A887-X11

MXQ12B

MXQB-CT12-X28

13

50

MXQB-A1287-X11

MXQ16B

MXQB-CT16-X28

13

57

MXQB-A1687-X11

MXQ20B

MXQB-CT20-X28

18

64

MXQB-A2087-X11

Not available for the MXQ6 (A, B).

Rubber Stopper

[mm]
Note 1)

Applicable model

Cap bracket

Adjuster model no.

Nut total length Bolt total length

Note 2)

Adjustment bolt model no.

MXQ6(A), MXQ8(A,C)

MXQ6B

MXQA-AT8-X28

10

41.5

MXQA-A827-X11

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQ8B

MXQA-AT12-X28

11

46.5

MXQA-A1227-X11

MXQ16(A)

MXQ12B

MXQA-AT16-X28

13

51.5

MXQA-A1627-X11

MXQ20(A)

MXQ16B

MXQA-AT20-X28

13

58.5

MXQA-A2027-X11

MXQ25(A)

MXQ20B

MXQA-AT25-X28

18

65.5

MXQA-A2527-X11

Shock Absorber (RJ)

[mm]
Note 1)

Applicable model

Stroke

D
A
A
RJ-X2300

Adjuster model no.

Nut total length Shock absorber total length

Note 2)

Adjustment bolt model no.

MXQ6(A), MXQ8(A,C)

MXQ6B

MXQA-JT8-X28

10

29.3

RJ0603N

MXQ12(A,C)

MXQ8B

MXQA-JT12-X28

11

47.3

RJ0805U-X2300

MXQ16(A)

MXQ12B

MXQA-JT16-X28

13

52.8

RJ1006U-X2300

MXQ20(A)

MXQ16B

MXQA-JT20-X28

13

52.8

RJ1007HU-X2300

MXQ25(A)

MXQ20B

MXQA-JT25-X28

18

77.1

RJ1410U-X2300

Note 1) Adjuster part number is for a set of an adjustment bolt (shock absorber) and a nut.
Note 2) This part number is only for a single unit of the adjustment bolt (shock absorber) without a nut.
This is used as a spare part when the adjustment bolt is worn.

Cap bracket is mounted to


lengthen the A dimension.

Auto Switch
Mounting

Shape of the adjustment part varies (hexagonal hole, width across flats, slot) depending on the model
of the adjuster or shock absorber. Refer to the full view of the standard product for details.

Symbol

7 Without Built-in Auto Switch Magnet


This product does not have a magnet for an auto switch.
It is suitable for applications where magnetic force is not acceptable.

MXQ Standard model no.

X33

-X33
Specifications
Bore size [mm]
Auto switch

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25


Not mountable

Dimensions other than the above are the same as those for the standard type.

Without built-in auto


switch magnet

Symbol

8 Fluororubber Seal

-X39

Change the materials for the piston seal, rod seal, O-rings and
scrapers (rubber lined parts) to fluororubber.

MXQ Standard model no.

X39

Specifications
Bore size [mm]
Seal material

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Applicable model

Nut total length Bolt total length

Common Adjuster
Options

Note 1)

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25


Fluororubber

Dimensions other than the above are the same as those for the standard type.

Fluororubber seal

90

Made to Order

Standard adjuster model no.

Model Selection

MXQ

Double ported type


MXQA

Symbol

6 Long Adjustment Nut and Bolt

Series MXQ

Symbol

9 Anti-corrosive Guide Unit


Martensitic stainless steel is used for table and guide block. Use
this treatment if more effective anti-corrosiveness is necessary.
Table and guide block are given anti-corrosive treatment.

MXQ Standard model no.

X42

-X42
Specifications
Bore size [mm]
Surface treatment

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25


Special anti-corrosive treatment2

1 Specifications other than above are the same as those for standard models.
2 Special anti-corrosive treatment makes the table and the guide block black.

Anti-corrosive guide unit

Symbol

10 EPDM Seal

-X45

Change the materials for the piston seal, rod seal, O-rings and
scrapers (rubber lined parts) to fluororubber.

MXQ Standard model no.

X45

Specifications
Bore size [mm]
Seal material
Grease

EPDM seal

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25


EPDM
PTFE grease

Dimensions other than the above are the same as those for the standard type.

Warning
Precautions
Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that
is hazardous to humans.

91

Series MXQ

Model selection criteria


Air Slide Table without preset piping
directions. The piping direction can
be set when mounting to application.
16, 20, 25: Standard type, Low
thrust with high rigidity type (excluding
25): Double piping direction type

Double ported
(MXQA)

Application which requires more guide


rigidity than thrust

Low thrust with


high rigidity type
(MXQB)

When lower height is required


When two indicator LEDs need to be observed

on one side (including short stroke)

To replace with the current type.


Mounting dimensions and height are
interchangeable.

Bore
size

Body type

Single side
ported type
(MXQC)
Height
interchangeable
type
(MXQ)

Dimensions [mm]
Height Width Table width

Weight [g]
(Compared at
50 stroke)

6
8
12
16
20
25
6
8
12
16
20

23
23
27
35
43
52
20
23
30
37
46

34
38
49
62
72
88
34
42
52
70
80

32
32
40
50
60
70
32
40
50
60
70

210
270
400
670
1,100
1,900
230
330
580
920
1,600

Thrust [N]
(0.5 MPa,
OUT direction)

Allowable moment [N.m]


(Compared at 50 stroke)
Pitch
Yaw
Roll

29
51
113
201
314
491
29
51
113
201
314

6
10
10
16
21
41
10
10
16
21
41

6
10
10
16
21
41
10
10
16
21
41

13
18
19
33
49
82
18
19
33
49
82

21

38

32

260

51

10

10

18

12

27

49

40

400

113

10

10

19

6
8
12
16
20
25

20
23
30
37
46
55

34
38
49
62
72
88

32
32
40
50
60
70

190
310
430
690
1,100
1,900

29
51
113
201
314
491

6
10
10
16
21
41

6
10
10
16
21
41

13
18
19
33
49
82

Guideline for Model Selection 2


Model Variations
Guide
size
(Width)

Double ported type


MXQA

Low thrust with high rigidity type


MXQB

Single side ported type


MXQC
Standard Symmetric
type (L)
type

Height interchangeable type


MXQ

Bore
size

Bore
size

Standard
type

Symmetric
type (L)

Bore
size

32(1)

32(2)

40

12

12

12

50

16

12

16

60

20

16

20

70

25

20

25

Bore
size

Standard
type

Symmetric
type (L)

Note)

Common Adjuster
Options

Auto Switch
Mounting

Made to Order

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Guideline for Model Selection 1

Double ported type


MXQA

Model Selection

Model Selection

Note) There are two rigidity types of actuator tables for width 32.

92

Series MXQ
Selection Conditions
There are two model selection methods according to the usage. Model selection procedure is shown below.
Model selection procedure shown below is for when an MXQ is mounted onto a static table. When using the product mounted to a rodless cylinder, etc., it is necessary to perform
model selection in another method as the product can be influenced by the impact at the rodless cylinder operation stoppage. Please consult SMC sales representative for details.
Application

Transfer

L3

Pressing

L1

L1

L1

L1

L3

Workpiece mounting position


L2

Overhang

L2

L2

Table mounting

End plate mounting

L2

Table mounting

End plate mounting

L1: Distance from the centre of the table to the centre of gravity of the workpiece
L1: Distance from the centre of the table to the pressing part
L2: Distance from the top surface of the table to the centre of gravity of the workpiece
L2: Distance from the centre of the table to the pressing part
L3: Distance from the end of the body to the centre of gravity of the workpiece in Z direction.
Shock absorber
Metal stopper
Without adjuster
Rubber stopper
(RJ)
with bumper

Stroke adjuster
Double ported type
Selection Single side ported type
Height interchangeable type
graph
Low thrust with high rigidity type

Page 97

Page 103

Page 109

Page 115

Page 121

Page 100

Page 106

Page 112

Page 118

Page 122

For Transfer
Model Selection Step
 Equipment to be used
 Load weight

 Overhang
 Average speed

 Adjuster type

Select a graph.
MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z (D, E, F) Rubber stopper

Select the applicable graph (page on and after 97) with the body
configuration and stroke adjuster type.

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

1.5

=1

00

1.0
0.5
0.0

V = mm/s

2.0

V=

10

V=

500

V=

20

30

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 100 mm

Determine the overhang.


Determine the overhang at the workpiece mounting positions L1, L2 and L3
Positional relationships among L1, L2 and L3 do not change regardless of
the body mounting direction.

Application

Transfer

L3

L3

Workpiece

L1

Necessary conditions

L1

Precautions for Metal Stopper with Bumper


When a metal stopper with bumper is used in a vertical
position, thrust larger than the operating load weight +
full compression force of metal stopper with bumper is
required. This needs to be considered when adjusting
the operating pressure and selecting the cylinder size.
The metal stopper with bumper may not be fully compressed
due to lack of thrust.

mounting
position

L2

Overhang

L2

Table mounting

End plate mounting

L1: Distance from the centre of the table to the centre of gravity of the workpiece
L2: Distance from the top surface of the table to the centre of gravity of the workpiece
L3: Distance from the end of the body to the centre of gravity of the workpiece in Z direction.

Check the overhang.


Check the overhang, L1max, L2max, L3max during transfer
qL1max: Check the overhang from the cross point of the work load and
driving speed.
wL2max: a: When mounted to the table
Check the allowable overhang from the cross point of the work
load and driving speed.
b: When mounted to the end plate
Allowable overhang is found by multiplying the allowable
overhang by 1/2 (coefficient Note)).
eL3max: Can be used within the range of the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if it is within the allowable range of the load
weight and driving speed.
Note) Coefficient varies depending on the model and stroke. Refer to page 94 for
details.

MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z EF


2.5

Load weight m [kg]

V = mm/s

2.0
1.5

V=

0.5 V = 500
0.3
0.0

=1

00

1.0

10

V=

20

30

20

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 100 mm

Overhang as the operating condition


The product can be used with the overhang required as the operating condition (L1, L2, L3 of No.3) if it is within the allowable range of overhang (L1max, L2max, L3max of No.4) that is selected.
When the required overhang exceeds the allowable overhang, review the overhang, load weight, driving speed, etc. and reconfirm that the product operates normally.

93

Series MXQ

Model Selection

For Pressing
Double ported type
MXQA

 Equipment to be used
 Required pressing force or operating pressure
 Overhang

Select a graph.
Select the applicable graph for body configuration (page on and after 121).

8 AC -Z

MXQ

50

0.5/0.67

,75

0
ST 4

50

0.7/

ST

Pressing force N

OUT IN
side side

ST 10 to 30

70

30

0.3/0.4

50

100

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Necessary conditions

150

Supply pressure MPa

Precautions for Metal Stopper with Bumper


When a metal stopper with bumper is used in a vertical
position, thrust larger than the operating load weight +
full compression force of metal stopper with bumper is
required. This needs to be considered when adjusting
the operating pressure and selecting the cylinder size.
The metal stopper with bumper may not be fully compressed
due to lack of thrust.

200

Allowable overhang L [mm]

Determine the overhang.


Application

Pressing

Workpiece

L1

Determine the overhang L1, L2.


Positional relationships among L1, L2 do not change regardless of the
body mounting direction.

L1

mounting
position

L2

L2

Overhang
Table mounting

End plate mounting

L1: Distance from the centre of the table to the pressing part
L2: Distance from the centre of the table to the pressing part

Check the overhang.

Note) Coefficient varies depending on the model and stroke. Refer to below for
details.

Allowable pressing force in the operating condition

8AC -Z

MXQ8A-10 to 30Z

70

OUT IN
side side

0.7/

MXQ8A-40Z
MXQ8A-50 ,75Z

50

0.5 /0.67

30

0.3/0.4

20

40

60

80

100

0.1

supply pressure MPa

MXQ

Allowable

Confirm the allowable pressing force Nmax with the overhang.


Nmax: qWhen mounted to the table
Determine the allowable pressing force with the cross point of the
overhang L1 and L2.
wWhen mounted to the end plate
Allowable overhang is found by multiplying the allowable pressing
force by 1/2 (coefficient Note)).

Allowable pressing force N

Allowable overhang L [mm]


Allowable supply pressure on OUT side and IN side is the theoretical output
of cylinder when pressing force is required.

Check the allowable supply pressure.


Allowable supply pressure can be confirmed with the selection graph.

Model

Made to Order

Note) Allowable pressing force coefficient used to calculate


the allowable overhang of the models shown below is 1/4.
Stroke [mm]

MXQ8(A,C)

50, 75

MXQ12(A,C)

75, 100

MXQ16(A)

100, 125

MXQ20(A)

100, 125, 150

MXQ25(A)

125, 150

MXQ6B

50, 75

MXQ8B

75, 100

MXQ12B

100, 125

MXQ16B

100, 125, 150

MXQ20B

125, 150

Model Selection

Auto Switch
Mounting

It is acceptable if the required pressing force is smaller than the allowable pressing force.
When the required pressing force is larger than the allowable pressing force, reexamine the operating pressing force or operating
pressure, and overhang, etc. and confirm if they are acceptable again.

Common Adjuster
Options

Model Selection Step

94

Series MXQ
Selection Example 1 (Transfer, Table Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Transfer, End Plate Mounting)

Selection conditions

Selection conditions

Selected model: MXQ8B-30Z(D, E, F)


Maximum load weight: 0.3 kg
Average operating speed: 300 mm/s
Note) Average operating speed: Speed calculated by dividing
the stroke by the time from starting operation until
reaching the end.
Overhang: L1 = 20, L2 = 20, L3 = 50
Stroke adjuster: Rubber stopper

Selected model: MXQ8B-30Z(D, E, F)


Maximum load weight: 0.3 kg
Average operating speed: 300 mm/s
Note) Average operating speed: Speed calculated by dividing
the stroke by the time from starting operation until
reaching the end.
Overhang: L1 = 20, L2 = 10, L3 = 50
Stroke adjuster: Rubber stopper

Selection method

Selection method

q Find the L1, L2, L3 Upper limit of the overhang from the
selection graph.
L1, L2: Use the graph to find the L when the speed is 300
mm/s and load weight m = 0.3 kg. L = 30 mm L1, L2
Upper limit of the overhang = 30 mm
L3: Check the allowable overhang range shown at the right
bottom of the graph. L3 Upper limit of the overhang = 100 mm
w Confirm that L1, L2, L3 are lower than the upper limit of the
overhang.
L1 = 20 mm and L2 = 20 mm OK (L1, L2 Upper limit of the
overhang = 30 mm), L3 = 50 mm OK (L3 Upper limit of the
overhang = 100 mm)
Therefore, the MXQ8B-30Z(D, E, F) can be used.

q Find the L1, L2, L3 Upper limit of the overhang from the
selection graph.
L1: Use the graph to find the L when the speed is 300 mm/s
and load weight m = 0.3 kg. L = 30 mm L1 Upper limit of
the overhang = 30 mm
L2: Use the graph to find the L when the speed is 300 mm/s
and load weight m = 0.3 kg and multiply it by 1/2.
L = 30 mm L2 Upper limit of the overhang = 30 mm/2 = 15 mm
Note) For end plate mounting, L2 is 1/2 of the L which is
found from the graph.
L3: Confirm that this value is lower than the upper limit of the
overhang shown at the right bottom of the graph. L3 Upper
limit of the overhang = 100 mm
w Confirm that L1, L2, L3 are lower than the upper limit of the
overhang.
L1 = 20 mm OK (L1 Upper limit of the overhang = 30 mm)
L2 = 10 mm OK (L2 Upper limit of the overhang = 15 mm)
L3 = 50 mm OK (L3 Upper limit of the overhang = 100 mm)
Therefore, the MXQ8B-30Z(D, E, F) can be used.

MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z EF

MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z EF

2.0
1.5

=1

00

1.0

V=

0.5 V = 500

10

V=

20

30

20

30

40

2.0
1.5

50

60

70

80

90

100

0.0

=1

00

1.0

V=

10

V=

20

30

0.3

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

95

V = mm/s

0.5 V = 500

0.3

0.0

2.5

V = mm/s

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

Series MXQ

Selection Example 4 (Pressing, End Plate Mounting)

Selection conditions

Selection conditions

Selected model: MXQ8A-50Z


Operating direction: OUT

Selected model: MXQ8A-50Z


Operating direction: OUT

Operating pressure: 0.5 MPa (Pressing force: 50 N)


Overhang: L1 = 20, L2 = 30

Operating pressure: 0.5 MPa (Pressing force: 50 N)


Overhang: L1 = 20, L2 = 10

Selection method

Selection method

q Find the L1, L2 Upper limit of the overhang from the selection
graph.
Find the L at the operating pressure of 0.5 MPa from the graph.
L1, L2 Upper limit of the overhang = 40 mm
w Confirm that L1, L2 are lower than the upper limit of the overhang.
L1 = 20 mm and L2 = 30 mm OK (L1, L2 Upper limit of the
overhang = 40 mm)
Therefore, the MXQ8A-50 can be used with the supply
pressure at 0.5 MPa.

q Find the L1, L2 Upper limit of the overhang from the selection
graph.
L1: Find the L at the operating pressure of 0.5 MPa from the
graph.
L1 Upper limit of the overhang = 40 mm
L2: Find the L at the operating pressure of 0.5 MPa from the
graph, and multiply it by 1/4. L2 Upper limit of the overhang =
10 mm
Note) For end plate mounting, L2 is 1/2 of the L which is
found from the graph.
w Confirm that L1, L2 are lower than the upper limit of the overhang.
L1 = 20 mm OK (L1 Upper limit of the overhang = 40 mm)
L2 = 10 mm OK (L2 Upper limit of the overhang = 10 mm)
Therefore, the MXQ8A-50 can be used.

0.5 /0.67

30

0.3/0.4

20

40

60

80

100

0.1

Allowable overhang L [mm]


Allowable supply pressure on OUT side and IN side is the theoretical output of
cylinder when pressing force is required.

MXQ8A-40Z
MXQ8A-50 ,75Z
50

0.5 /0.67

30

0.3/0.4

20

40

60

80

100

0.1

Allowable overhang L [mm]


Allowable supply pressure on OUT side and IN side is the theoretical output of
cylinder when pressing force is required.

Caution
1. Operate loads within the range of the operating limits.
Select the model according to the model selection step.
If the product is used outside of the operating limit, it may cause adverse effects such as creating play at the guide, degrade
accuracy and shorten product life.

2. If intermediate stop by external stopper is done, avoid ejection when restarting.


If lurching occurs, damage can result. In the case where the slide table is stopped at intermediate positions by the external
stopper then set to continue in forward motion. First supply pressure to monentarily reverse the table then retract the intermediate
stopper and finally apply preassure in the opposite port to operate the table forward again.

Made to Order

3. Do not use it in such a way that excessive external force or impact force could work on it.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

50

OUT IN
side side
0.7/

MXQ8A-10 to 30Z

70

Common Adjuster
Options

MXQ8A-50 ,75Z

8AC -Z
supply pressure MPa

MXQ8A-40Z

Allowable pressing force N

OUT IN
side side
0.7/

MXQ8A-10 to 30Z

70

supply pressure MPa

MXQ

Allowable

8AC -Z

Allowable

Allowable pressing force N

MXQ

Double ported type


MXQA

Selection Example 3 (Pressing, Table Mounting)

Auto Switch
Mounting

Model Selection

Model Selection

Malfunction or the damage of the table can result.


Although the table has adequate strength, if it is damaged, protect your hands with gloves. Otherwise, it may cause injury.

96

Series MXQ

6A-Z, MXQ 6-Z


A
MXQ 8 C -Z, MXQ 8-Z

Height
interchangeable type

MXQ

Height
interchangeable type

MXQ6(A)-10, 20Z

For Transfer/
Without Adjuster

MXQ6(A)-30, 40, 50Z

0.7

0.7

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

0.5
0.4
0.3

0.2
0.1

50

V
=

30

20

10

0.3

V
0.2
0.1

10

0.4

20

30

40

50

0.0

60

20

Load weight m [kg]

0.8
0.6
0.4

V=

Load weight m [kg]

100

120

V = [mm/s]

1.0

30

V=

20

10

20

30

40

50

1.2

60

V = [mm/s]

1.0
0.8
0.6

V
=
10

V
20

40

50

0
20
0
30

0.2

60

80

100

120

0.6
0.4

50

MXQ8(AC)-50, 75Z

0.4

0.8

0.2

V = 500

0
0

10

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

Load weight m [kg]

80

1.2

V = [mm/s]

0.2

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

97

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

1.0

0.0

MXQ8(AC)-40Z

1.2

0.0

10

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

MXQ8(AC)-10, 20, 30Z

0
20
=
V
0
30
0
50

0.5

V=

Load weight m [kg]

0.6

V=

Load weight m [kg]

0.6

0.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

0.0

10

30

V
=

=1

00

20

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

Model Selection
Height
interchangeable type

1.0

V=

=3

20

0.5

00

50

V=

10

=2

00

V=

00

50

20

40

0.0

60

10

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

MXQ12(AC)-75, 100Z
V = [mm/s]

2.0
1.5

V
1.0

50

20

10

20

30

0.0

0.5

V
V

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

MXQ16(A)-40, 50Z
4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

3.5

3.5

Load weight m [kg]

4.0
3.0

2.5
2.0

10

1.5

500

30

10

V = [mm/s]

3.0
2.5

2.0
1.5

1.0

V=

20

V=

0.5

1.0
0.0

Load weight m [kg]

4.5

0.5

20

30

40

50

0.0

60

10

3.5

3.0
2.5
2.0

1.5

500

20

50

60

70

80

90

V
=

30

40

10

20

V = [mm/s]

Made to Order

3.5

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

4.0

0.0

40

4.5

4.0

V=

30

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

V = [mm/s]

0.5

20

10

20

30

MXQ16(A)-100, 125Z

4.5

1.0

50

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

MXQ16(A)-75Z

Common Adjuster
Options

MXQ16(A)-10, 20, 30Z

3.0
2.5
2.0

1.5

1.0

V=

0.5
60

80

100

120

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

0.0

Double ported type


MXQA

V
1.0

30

0.5

=1

1.5

Auto Switch
Mounting

1.5

2.0

Load weight m [kg]

2.0

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

V = [mm/s]

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ12(AC)-40, 50Z

2.5

0.0

For Transfer/
Without Adjuster

Height
interchangeable type

MXQ12(AC)-10, 20, 30Z

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

20

500
40

V
=

30

60

10

20

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

98

Model Selection

12 AC -Z, MXQ 12-Z


MXQ 16A-Z, MXQ 16-Z
MXQ

Series MXQ

Series MXQ

20A-Z, MXQ 20-Z


MXQ 25A-Z, MXQ 25-Z

Height
interchangeable type

MXQ

For Transfer/
Without Adjuster

Height
interchangeable type

MXQ20(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z

MXQ20(A)-50Z

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

6
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

6
5
4

V=

1
0

10

20

00

10

=3

50

5
4

V
3
2

V=

20

30

40

50

60

10

0
30

40

50

60

70

80

90

V = [mm/s]

6
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

20

30

20

5
4

V
3

=5

20

30

20

V=

60

80

100

120

MXQ25(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z

50

50

7
6

7
6
5

10

80

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 80 mm

MXQ25(A)-100Z

7
6

=
10

1
80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

10

0
20

60

30

40

20

140

30

0
20

50

120

V = [mm/s]

100

Load weight m [kg]

80

10

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm

V = [mm/s]

40

MXQ25(A)-125, 150Z

10

70

20

60

50

50

30

40

1
30

20

300

V = [mm/s]

50

10

20

30

10

250

L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 300 mm

200

150

Load weight m [kg]

100

10

V = [mm/s]

20

Allowable overhang L [mm]

MXQ25(A)-50, 75Z

10

10

40

00

10

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

Load weight m [kg]

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

10

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

99

MXQ20(A)-100, 150Z

50

MXQ20(A)-75Z

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Model Selection

6B-Z/For Transfer/Without Adjuster

MXQ6B-10, 20, 30Z

MXQ6B-40Z

0.7

0.7

V = [mm/s]

0.5
0.4

0.3

0.0

10

20

0.1

10

0.2

0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

0.0

V
00
=2
V
300
V = 00
5
V=

Load weight m [kg]

0.6

00
=2 0
V
30
V = 500
V=

Load weight m [kg]

0.6

V = [mm/s]

20

10

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 160 mm

MXQ6B-50, 75Z
0.7

V = [mm/s]
Max. operating
pressure: 300 mm/s

0.5
0.4

V=
100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Common Adjuster
Options

50

Auto Switch
Mounting

Made to Order

0.0

0.1

10

0.2

Model Selection

0.3

200
V = 00
3
V=

Load weight m [kg]

0.6

Double ported type


MXQA

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

Series MXQ

100

Series MXQ
MXQ

For Transfer/
Without Adjuster

8B-Z, MXQ 12B-Z

MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z

MXQ8B-40, 50Z

1.2

1.2

V = [mm/s]

=
70

80

90

0.0

100

60

10

50

00
0
30

40

=2

30

0
50

20

V=

0
20

10

50
0

0.4
0.2

00

=3

0.2

10

0.4

0.6

0.6

0.8

V=

Load weight m [kg]

0.8

Load weight m [kg]

V = [mm/s]

1.0

1.0

0.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

20

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

60

80

100

120

140

160

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 160 mm

MXQ8B-75, 100Z
1.2

V = [mm/s]
Max. operating
pressure: 300 mm/s

0.8
0.6

00

300

0.0

200

V=

0.2

=1

0.4

V=

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

MXQ12B-10, 20, 30Z

MXQ12B-40, 50Z

2.5

2.5

V = [mm/s]

1.5

10

1.0

V
=
20

0.5

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0.0

100

50

20

MXQ12B-75Z

80

100

120

140

2.5

V = [mm/s]

2.0

V
=

100

120

140

160

180

50

80

60

0.0

20

50

30

40

20

0.5

50

0
20

30

1.0

10

10

0.5

1.0

1.5

1.5

Load weight m [kg]

2.0

Load weight m [kg]

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm

V = [mm/s]

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

101

20

MXQ12B-100, 125Z

2.5

0.0

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

10

10

30

1.0

50

30

0.0

0.5

1.5

Load weight m [kg]

2.0

Load weight m [kg]

2.0

V = [mm/s]

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Series MXQ

Model Selection

4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

3.5

3.5

3.0
2.5
2.0

1.5

20

2.0

1.5

V
V

1.0

0.5

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0.0

100

50

20

2.5

100

120

140

160

0.0

180

80

60

20

0
40

0.5

50

30

=
20

1.0

30

1.5

10

20

2.0

10

2.5

MXQ20B-10, 20, 30, 40Z

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 400 mm

MXQ20B-50, 75Z

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

40

60

80

100

120

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

40

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

MXQ20B-125, 150Z

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]
Max. operating
pressure: 300

5
4

20

30

00

50
50

10

20

=3

10

Load weight m [kg]

Made to Order

MXQ20B-100Z

10

0
50

0
20

0
20

30

50

30

20

10

Common Adjuster
Options

Load weight m [kg]

6
Load weight m [kg]

140

3.0

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

Load weight m [kg]

120

1.5

100

2.0

80

V = [mm/s]
Max. operating
pressure: 300 mm/s

V=

Load weight m [kg]

3.5

3.0

Load weight m [kg]

3.5

60

4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

0.0

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm

4.0

0.5

10

MXQ16B-100, 150Z

4.5

1.0

20

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

MXQ16B-75Z

10

2.5

30

0.0

20

3.0

0.5

50

10

30

1.0

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

4.0

Load weight m [kg]

4.5

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ16B-50Z

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ16B-10, 20, 30, 40Z

For Transfer/
Without Adjuster

Auto Switch
Mounting

16B-Z, MXQ 20B-Z

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 400 mm

102

Model Selection

MXQ

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

Series MXQ
MXQ

A
B
C

8 AC -Z , MXQ 8-Z

A
Height
B
C interchangeable type

For Transfer/
Metal Stopper with Bumper
A

MXQ8(AC)-10, 20, 30Z BC

MXQ8(AC)-40Z BC

1.2

1.2

V = [mm/s]

V=

0.6

100

0.4

10

20

30

40

50

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm
A

MXQ8(AC)-50, 75Z BC
1.2

V = [mm/s]

0.8

V=

100

0.4

V
=

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

0.6

20
0

0.2

V = 300
0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

103

0.4
0.2

V = 300

10

0.0

00

V=

0.6

20

0.2

=2

0.8

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

0.8

0.0

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

0.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

V = 300
20

40

60

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

Model Selection

MXQ12(AC)-10, 20, 30Z BC

MXQ12(AC)-40, 50Z BC
2.5

V = [mm/s]

2.0

V=

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

100

1.5
1.0

V=
200
V=
300

0.5
0.0

For Transfer/
Metal Stopper with Bumper

10

V = [mm/s]

2.0

V=

1.5
1.0

V=

0.5

20

30

0.0

40

50
60
Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 60 mm

100

V=

200
300

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

MXQ12(AC)-75, 100Z BC

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

V = [mm/s]

2.0

V=

1.5

100

1.0

0.5

20

30

0.0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm
A

MXQ16(A)-10, 20, 30Z BC

MXQ16(A)-40, 50Z BC

4.5

4.5

V = [mm/s]

3.0

100

2.5
2.0
1.5

V=

1.0

V=

0.5
0

200

300

3.5

V=

2.5
2.0
1.5

V=

1.0

V=

0.5

10

20

30

40

50

0.0

60

10

200
300

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm
A

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

MXQ16(A)-100, 125Z BC

4.5

4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

V = [mm/s]

3.5

V=1

00

3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5

V=

1.0

V=

0.5
0

20

200

V=1

00

3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5

V=

1.0

V=

0.5

300
40

3.5

60

80

100

120

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

Made to Order

4.0
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

30

MXQ16(A)-75Z BC

0.0

100

3.0

Common Adjuster
Options

V=

3.5

0.0

V = [mm/s]

4.0
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

4.0

Double ported type


MXQA

A
B
C

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

12 AC-Z , MXQ 12-Z


MXQ 16A-Z , MXQ 16-Z
MXQ

Series MXQ

Auto Switch
Mounting

A
Height
B
C interchangeable type
A
Height
B
C interchangeable type

0.0

20

200

300

40

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

104

Model Selection

A
B
C

Series MXQ
A
B
C
A
B
C

20A-Z , MXQ 20-Z


MXQ 25A-Z , MXQ 25-Z
MXQ

A
Height
B
C interchangeable type
A
Height
B
C interchangeable type

MXQ20(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z BC

MXQ20(A)-50Z BC

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

5
4
3 V = 200
2
1 V = 300
0

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

6
Load weight m [kg]

6
Load weight m [kg]

For Transfer/
Metal Stopper with Bumper

5
4
3 V = 200
2
1 V = 300

10

20

30

40

50

60

10

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm
A

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

V = 200

V = [mm/s]

20

40

60

80

100

120

V = 200

V = 300
0

50

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm
A

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

7
6
5
4 V = 200
3

6
5
4 V = 200
3

V = 300

50

60

70

80

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 80 mm
A

100

10

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

80

120

140

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm

9
7
6
5
4 V = 200
3

V = [mm/s]

7
6
5
4
3

V = 200

1 V = 300

1 V = 300
0
0
50

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

105

60

MXQ25(A)-125, 150Z BC

10

40

40

MXQ25(A)-100Z BC

20

300

250

V = [mm/s]

V = 300

1
40

200

10

V = [mm/s]

30

150

MXQ25(A)-50, 75Z BC

10

20

100

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm
A

MXQ25(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z BC

90

10

80

70

1 V = 300

60

V = 100

50

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

40

MXQ20(A)-100, 125, 150Z BC

30

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm
A

MXQ20(A)-75Z BC
6

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

106

Model Selection

Made to Order

Auto Switch
Mounting

Common Adjuster
Options

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Double ported type


MXQA

Series MXQ
MXQ

A
B
C

8B-Z , MXQ 12B-Z

A
B
C

MXQ8B-40, 50Z BC

1.2

1.2

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

0.8
0.6
0.4

V = 200

0.2
0.0

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

1.0
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

For Transfer/
Metal Stopper with Bumper
A

MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z BC


1.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

0.8
0.6
0.4

V = 200
0.2

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0.0

100

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 160 mm

MXQ8B-75, 100Z BC
1.2

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

Load weight m [kg]

1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4

0.2 V = 200
0.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm
A

MXQ12B-10, 20, 30Z BC

MXQ12B-40, 50Z BC
2.5

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

2.0

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

1.5
1.0

V = 200

V = 100

2.0
1.5
1.0

V = 200
0.5

0.5
0.0

V = [mm/s]

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0.0

100

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm
A

2.5

V = 100
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

100

120

140

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm

V = [mm/s]

1.5
1.0

V = 200
0.5

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

2.0
1.5
1.0

V = 200
0.5

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

107

80

MXQ12B-100, 125Z BC

2.5

0.0

60

MXQ12B-75Z BC

2.0

40

0.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Model Selection

MXQ16B-50Z BC

4.5
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0

V = 200
1.5
1.0

3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5 V = 200
1.0
0.5

0.5
0.0

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

4.0
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

4.5

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

4.0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0.0

100

20

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm
A

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

2.5
2.0
1.5 V = 200
1.0
0.5

3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5

V = 200

1.0
0.5

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

0.0

180

50

100

250

300

350

400

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

5
4
3

V = 200
2

Common Adjuster
Options

V = [mm/s]

V = 100
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

200

MXQ20B-50, 75Z BC

7
6

150

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 400 mm
A

MXQ20B-10, 20, 30, 40Z BC

4
3

V = 200

2
1

1
0

20

40

60

80

100

120

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm
A

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

MXQ20B-125, 150Z BC

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

6
Load weight m [kg]

40

MXQ20B-100Z BC

Load weight m [kg]

140

3.5

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

5
4
3
2 V = 200
1
0

120

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

4.0

3.0

100

4.5

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

3.5

0.0

80

MXQ16B-100, 125, 150Z BC

4.5
4.0

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm
A

MXQ16B-75Z BC

Max. operating
pressure: 200 mm/s

5
4
3
2 V = 200
1

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ16B-10, 20, 30, 40Z BC

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

For Transfer/
Metal Stopper with Bumper

Auto Switch
Mounting

A
B
C

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 400 mm

108

Made to Order

A
B
C

16B-Z , MXQ 20B-Z

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

Model Selection

MXQ

Series MXQ

Series MXQ
D
E
F

6A-Z , MXQ 6-Z


A
MXQ 8 C -Z , MXQ 8-Z
MXQ

D
E
F

D
Height
E
F interchangeable type

D
Height
E
F interchangeable type

For Transfer/
Rubber Stopper

MXQ6(A)-10, 20Z EF

MXQ6(A)-30, 40, 50Z EF

0.7

0.7

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

0.6
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

0.6

V = 100

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

20

30

50

0.1
0.0

10

30

40

50

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.0

60

20

0.8
0.6

V=
V=

20

300

20

30

40

50

60

MXQ8(AC)-50Z EF
1.2

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

10

0.8
0.6

V=
0.4

0.0

V=
V=
0

20

40

60

80

20

300

500
100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

109

60

80

100

120

V = [mm/s]

10

0.8
0.6

V=

0.4

V=
V=

0.2

500

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

0.2

40

1.0

=1

00

10

50

1.2

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

30

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

V = [mm/s]

V=

20

MXQ8(AC)-40Z EF

1.2

0.2

MXQ8(AC)-10, 20, 30Z EF

0.4

10

0.1

20

0.5

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

0.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

0.0

10

20

30

20

300

500

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

Series MXQ

Model Selection

MXQ12(AC)-10, 20, 30Z EF

MXQ12(AC)-40, 50Z EF
2.5

V = [mm/s]

2.0

10

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

1.5

V=

1.0

V=
0.5
0.0

For Transfer/
Rubber Stopper

V=
0

20

30

V = [mm/s]

2.0
1.5

V=

1.0

V=
0.5

40

0.0

60

10

V=

500

20

10

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

20

30

500

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

MXQ12(AC)-75, 100Z EF

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

V = [mm/s]

2.0

10

1.5

1.0
0.5
0.0

V=
0

20

40

60

20

V=

30

500
80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm
D

MXQ16(A)-10, 20, 30Z EF

MXQ16(A)-40, 50Z EF

4.5

1.5

V=

1.0

V=
0

10

20

30

500

20

2.5

2.0
1.5

40

50

60

V=
0

10

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm
D

60

70

80

90

4.5

10

Load weight m [kg]

1.5

V=

1.0

V=
40

20

30

3.5

2.5

10

3.0
2.0

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

50

4.0

3.5

20

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

V = [mm/s]

4.0

30

MXQ16(A)-100, 125Z EF

4.5

0.0

500

MXQ16(A)-75ZEF

0.5

00

0.5
30

20

=3

1.0
0.0

3.0
2.5

2.0
1.5

1.0

80

100

120

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

0.0

20

=3

00

V=

0.5

500
60

Made to Order

0.5

3.0

Common Adjuster
Options

Load weight m [kg]

2.5

3.5

3.0

10

Load weight m [kg]

10

2.0

V = [mm/s]

4.0

3.5

0.0

4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

Double ported type


MXQA

D
E
F

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

12 AC -Z , MXQ 12-Z


MXQ 16A-Z , MXQ 16-Z
MXQ

Auto Switch
Mounting

D
Height
E
F interchangeable type
D
Height
E
F interchangeable type

20

40

60

500
80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

110

Model Selection

D
E
F

Series MXQ
D
E
F
D
E
F

D
Height
E
F interchangeable type
D
Height
E
F interchangeable type

20A-Z , MXQ 20-Z


MXQ 25A-Z , MXQ 25-Z
MXQ

MXQ20(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z EF

MXQ20(A)-50Z EF

10

5
4

10

20

=3

00

V=

10

Load weight m [kg]

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

V = [mm/s]

For Transfer/
Rubber Stopper

30

40

50

60

V=
0

10

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm
D

500

20

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

20

30

50

30

40

50

60

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

30

50

50

20

40

60

80

100

120

50

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm
D

Load weight m [kg]

6
5

10

20

=2

00

=3

00

7
6

5
4

3
2

500

30

10

10

Load weight m [kg]

300

V = [mm/s]

250

V=

200

10

V = [mm/s]

150

MXQ25(A)-50, 75Z EF

10

100

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm
D

MXQ25(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z EF

30

V=

V=

20

20

10

10

90

MXQ20(A)-100, 150Z EF

80

MXQ20(A)-75Z EF

70

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

V=

40

50

60

70

80

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 80 mm
D

40

20

=3

00

500
60

80

100

120

140

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm
D

MXQ25(A)-100Z EF

MXQ25(A)-125, 150Z EF

10

10

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

9
7
6

5
4
2

V=

1
0

20

40

60

20

=3

00

500

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

111

Load weight m [kg]

0
10

Load weight m [kg]

V = 100

7
6

20

=3

00

V=

1
0

50

100

500
150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Series MXQ

Model Selection

Transfer/Rubber Stopper

MXQ6B-10, 20, 30Z EF

MXQ6B-40Z EF
1.2

V = [mm/s]

1.2

1.0

0.8

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

=1

00

0.6

V=

0.4

V
V=

0.2
0.0

V = [mm/s]

10

20

=3

500

20

00

30

0.8

V=

0.6

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

10

0.4
0.2

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

0.0

V=
0

20

40

V=
500

V=

30

20

60

80

100

120

140

160

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 160 mm

MXQ6B-50, 75Z EF
1.2

V = [mm/s]

0.8

V=

0.4

V=

100

20

30

0
150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Common Adjuster
Options

50

500

V=

Auto Switch
Mounting

V=

Made to Order

0.2
0.0

10

Model Selection

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

0.6

Double ported type


MXQA

D
E
F /For

6B-Z

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

112

Series MXQ
MXQ

D
E
F

8B-Z , MXQ 12B-Z

D
E
F

For Transfer/
Rubber Stopper
D

MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z EF

MXQ8B-40, 50Z EF

2.5

2.5

V = [mm/s]

1.5

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

V = [mm/s]

2.0

2.0

=1

00

1.0
0.5
0.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

V=

V=
0

10

V=
0

500

20

20

30

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

1.5

0.5
0.0

100

=1

00

1.0

V=
0

20

V=
500

V=

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

20

30

60

80

100

120

140

160

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 160 mm

MXQ8B-75, 100Z EF
2.5

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

2.0
1.5

V
0.5

V
=

00

00

0.0

=2

30

=5

=1

00

1.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm
D

MXQ12B-10, 20, 30Z EF

MXQ12B-40, 50Z EF
4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

4.0

3.5

3.5

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

4.5

3.0
2.5

2.0

10

1.5

V=

1.0

V=

0.5
0.0

10

20

20

=3

50

00

30

V = [mm/s]

3.0
2.5

2.0

1.0

V=

0.5

40

50

60

70

80

90

0.0

100

20

3.5

3.5
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

4.0

3.0
2.5

2.0

10

1.5

V
V=

=2

00

=3

00

50

40

60
80
100
120
140
Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 140 mm

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

113

V = [mm/s]

3.0
2.5

2.0
1.5

1.0

V=

0.5

4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

0.0

20

00

MXQ12B-100, 125Z EF

4.5

0.5

=3

MXQ12B-75Z EF

1.0

50

V=

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm
D

=1

00

1.5

0.0

50

50

V=

=1

00

20

30

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Series MXQ

Model Selection

MXQ16B-50Z EF

V = [mm/s]

6
Load weight m [kg]

5
4

V=

V=

50

10

20

=2

=3

00

00

30

40

V
V

50

60

70

80

90

100

=5

20

40

120

140

V = [mm/s]

20

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

50

50

100

Load weight m [kg]

10

V
V=

20

30

20

40

60

80

100

V
V

10

20

40

20

30

=5

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

10

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

9
7

6
5

10

V
V

=5

100

20

30

00

50

400

MXQ20B-125, 150Z EF

10

350

MXQ20B-100Z EF

00

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

300

120

250

V = [mm/s]

50

200

10

V = [mm/s]

150

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 400 mm

MXQ20B-50, 75Z EF

10

20

MXQ20B-10, 20, 30, 40Z EF

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

10

50

30

30

10

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

100

Load weight m [kg]

80

V = [mm/s]

Load weight m [kg]

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm

MXQ16B-100, 125, 150Z EF

20

MXQ16B-75Z EF

30

00

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm
D

10

Common Adjuster
Options

10

V = [mm/s]

7
6

1
150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

10

Made to Order

Load weight m [kg]

V = [mm/s]

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ16B-10, 20, 30, 40Z EF

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

For Transfer/
Rubber Stopper

Auto Switch
Mounting

16B-Z , MXQ 20B-Z

D
E
F

=2

00

30

=5

00

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 400 mm

114

Model Selection

MXQ

D
E
F

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

Series MXQ
G
H
J

6A-Z , MXQ 6-Z


A
MXQ 8 C -Z , MXQ 8-Z
MXQ

G
H
J

G
Height
H
J interchangeable type

For Transfer/
Shock Absorber (RJ)

G
Height
H
J interchangeable type

MXQ6(A)-30, 40, 50Z HJ

MXQ6(A)-10, 20Z HJ
0.7

0.6

=3

0.3
0.2

0.5

0.4

10

20

30

40

50

0.2

0.0

60

20

40

V = 100
30

V = 200
0

50

0.6
0.4
0.2

0.2
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm
G

MXQ8(AC)-50, 75Z HJ
1.2

V = [mm/s]

1.0

0.8

V = 100
30

V = 200

V
=

0.6

0
50

Load weight m [kg]

50

0.4

0.8

V = 200

0.6

120

V = [mm/s]

1.0
Load weight m [kg]

0.8

V = 100

30

Load weight m [kg]

100

1.2

V = [mm/s]

80

1.2
1.0

60

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

MXQ8(AC)-40Z HJ

MXQ8(AC)-10, 20, 30Z HJ

0.4
0.2
0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

115

V = 200

0.3

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

0.0

V = 100
30

0.1

0.1

0.0

500

50

00

0.4

0.0

V = [mm/s]

V=

V=

Load weight m [kg]

0.6
Load weight m [kg]

0.7

V = [mm/s]

V 200

0.5

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

0.0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

Model Selection

MXQ12(AC)-10, 20, 30Z HJ

MXQ12(AC)-40, 50Z HJ
1.6
1.5
1.4

V = [mm/s]
Max. load weight in
horizontal operation

1.2

V=

30

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

1.6
1.5
1.4

For Transfer/
Shock Absorber (RJ)

1.0
Max. load weight in
vertical operation

0.8

V=

0.6

50

0.4
0.2
0.0

V = [mm/s]

V=

1.2

30

1.0
0.8

V=

0.6

50

0.4
0.2

20

40

0.0

60

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

40

60

80

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

MXQ12(AC)-75, 100Z HJ

Load weight m [kg]

1.6
1.5
1.4

V = [mm/s]

V=

1.2

30

1.0
0.8

V=

0.6

50

0.4
0.2
0.0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm
G

MXQ16(A)-10, 20, 30Z HJ

MXQ16(A)-40, 50Z HJ

4.5

4.5

V = [mm/s]

3.0

300

2.5
2.0

V=

1.5

500

1.0

3.5

V=

3.0
2.5
2.0

V=

1.5
1.0

10

20

30

40

50

0.0

60

10

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm
G

MXQ16(A)-75Z HJ

MXQ16(A)-100, 125Z HJ

4.5

4.5

V = [mm/s]

4.0

V = [mm/s]

3.5

V=

3.0
2.5
2.0

V=

1.5

300

500

1.0

Made to Order

4.0
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

500

0.5

0.5

3.5

V=

3.0
2.5

300

2.0

V=

1.5

500

1.0
0.5

0.5
0.0

300

Common Adjuster
Options

V=

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

3.5

0.0

V = [mm/s]

4.0

4.0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

0.0

Double ported type


MXQA

G
H
J

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

12 AC-Z , MXQ 12-Z


MXQ 16A-Z , MXQ 16-Z
MXQ

Series MXQ

Auto Switch
Mounting

G
Height
H
J interchangeable type
G
Height
H
J interchangeable type

20

40

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

116

Model Selection

G
H
J

Series MXQ
G
H
J
G
H
J

20A-Z , MXQ 20-Z


MXQ 25A-Z , MXQ 25-Z
MXQ

G
Height
H
J interchangeable type
G
Height
H
J interchangeable type

For Transfer/
Shock Absorber (RJ)
G

MXQ20(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z HJ

MXQ20(A)-50Z HJ

7.0

7.0

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

6.0

V=

5.0

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

6.0

300

4.0

V=

3.0

500

2.0

V=

5.0

3.0

V=

2.0

10

20

30

40

50

0.0

60

10

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 60 mm
G

V=

5.0

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

70

80

90

6.0

300

4.0
3.0

V=

2.0

500

5.0

V=

4.0

300

3.0

V=

2.0

500

1.0
0

20

40

60

80

100

0.0

120

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm
G

MXQ25(A)-10, 20, 30, 40Z HJ

MXQ25(A)-50, 75Z HJ

10.0

10.0

V = [mm/s]

9.0

V = [mm/s]

9.0
Max. load weight in
horizontal operation

8.0

V = 300
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

60

V = [mm/s]

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 120 mm

7.0
6.0
5.0

V=

Max. load weight in


vertical operation

4.0

500

3.0

7.0
6.0

3.0
2.0
1.0

20

30

40

50

60

70

0.0

80

500

4.0

1.0
10

V=

5.0

2.0

V = 300

8.0

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 80 mm

40

60

80

100

120

140

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm
G

MXQ25(A)-100Z HJ

MXQ25(A)-125, 150Z HJ

10.0

10.0

V = [mm/s]

9.0

V = [mm/s]

9.0

V = 300

8.0
7.0
6.0

V=

5.0
4.0

500

3.0

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

50

7.0

V = [mm/s]

1.0

8.0
7.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
1.0

20

40

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200

500

3.0

1.0
0

V=

5.0

2.0

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 200 mm

117

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 90 mm

6.0

0.0

30

MXQ20(A)-100, 150Z HJ

7.0

0.0

500

MXQ20(A)-75Z HJ

0.0

300

4.0

1.0

1.0
0.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

0.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Series MXQ

Model Selection

G
H
J /For

Transfer/Shock Absorber (RJ)

MXQ6B-10, 20, 30Z HJ

MXQ6B-40Z HJ

1.2

0.8

0.6

V=

20

30

50
0

0.4

0.8

V=

30

50

0.6

20

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

1.0
Load weight m [kg]

V=
V=

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

0.4
0.2

0.2
0.0

1.2

V = [mm/s]

V = 100

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

0.0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 160 mm

MXQ6B-50, 75Z HJ
1.2

V = [mm/s]

V = 100
V

0.8

V=

0.6

V=
=

20

30

50

0.4
0.2
100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Common Adjuster
Options

50

Auto Switch
Mounting

Made to Order

0.0

Model Selection

Load weight m [kg]

1.0

Double ported type


MXQA

6B-Z

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

118

Series MXQ
MXQ

G
H
J

8B-Z , MXQ 12B-Z

For Transfer/
Shock Absorber (RJ)

G
H
J

MXQ8B-10, 20, 30Z HJ

MXQ8B-40, 50Z HJ
1.6
1.5
1.4

V = [mm/s]

V=

Max. load weight in


horizontal operation

1.2

200
Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

1.6
1.5
1.4

1.0
Max. load weight in
vertical operation

0.8

V=

300

0.6

V=5

0.4

00

V = [mm/s]

V=

1.2

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

V=

0.8
0.6
0.4

0.0

100

200

1.0

300

V=5

00

0.2

0.2
0.0

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

20

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 160 mm

MXQ8B-75, 100Z HJ

Load weight m [kg]

1.6
1.5
1.4

V = [mm/s]

V=

1.2

200

1.0

V=

0.8
0.6
0.4

V=

0.2
0.0

50

300

500

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm
G

MXQ12B-10, 20, 30Z HJ

MXQ12B-40, 50Z HJ

4.5

4.5

V = [mm/s]

V=

3.0
2.5

V=

2.0
1.5

V=

1.0

V=

3.5

200

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

3.5

300

500

3.0
2.5

V=

2.0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

V=5

1.0
0.0

100

00

20

60

80

100

120

140

MXQ12B-100, 125Z HJ

4.5

4.5

V = [mm/s]

V=

3.5

200

3.5

3.0
2.5

V=

2.0

300

1.5

V=5

1.0

V = [mm/s]

4.0
Load weight m [kg]

4.0
Load weight m [kg]

40

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 140 mm
G

MXQ12B-75Z HJ

00

V=

3.0

200

2.5

V=

2.0

300

1.5

V=5

1.0

00

0.5

0.5
0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 180 mm

119

300

1.5

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 100 mm

0.0

200

0.5

0.5
0.0

V = [mm/s]

4.0

4.0

0.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

Model Selection

MXQ16B-50Z HJ

7.0
6.0
5.0

V=

4.0

300

3.0

V=

2.0

500

10

20

30

40

50

60

80
90 100
Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 100 mm

500

20

40
60
80
100
120
140
Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 140 mm

V = [mm/s]

6.0

V = 200

V = 200

5.0

V=

4.0

Load weight m [kg]

300

3.0

V=

2.0

500

5.0

V=

4.0

300

3.0

V=

2.0

500

1.0
0

20

40

60

80

100

0.0

120

140 160 180


Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 180 mm
G

50

100

150
200
250
300
350
400
Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 400 mm
G

MXQ20B-10, 20, 30, 40Z HJ

MXQ20B-50, 75Z HJ

10.0

10.0

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

9.0

V=

7.0
6.0

Max. load weight in


vertical operation

5.0

V=

4.0

8.0

300

Load weight m [kg]

8.0

500

3.0
2.0
1.0

V=

7.0

300

Common Adjuster
Options

9.0

6.0
5.0

V=

4.0

500

3.0
2.0
1.0

20

40

60

0.0

80

100
120
L
3
:
Overhang
Allowable overhang L [mm]
Allowable range: 120 mm
G

20

40

60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200


L3: Overhang
Allowable range: 200 mm

Allowable overhang L [mm]


G

MXQ20B-100Z HJ

MXQ20B-125, 150Z HJ

10.0

10.0

V = [mm/s]

V = [mm/s]

9.0

9.0

8.0

V=

7.0
6.0

Load weight m [kg]

8.0

300

5.0
4.0

V=

500

3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0

Made to Order

Load weight m [kg]

V=

7.0

V = [mm/s]

1.0

Load weight m [kg]

2.0

300

6.0

Load weight m [kg]

V=

3.0

200

MXQ16B-100, 125, 150Z HJ

7.0

0.0

4.0

0.0

70

MXQ16B-75Z HJ

0.0

V=

5.0

1.0

1.0
0.0

V = [mm/s]

6.0

V = 200

Load weight m [kg]

Load weight m [kg]

7.0

V = [mm/s]

Max. load weight in horizontal operation

Double ported type


MXQA

MXQ16B-10, 20, 30, 40Z HJ

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

For Transfer/
Shock Absorber (RJ)

G
H
J

Auto Switch
Mounting

G
H
J

16B-Z , MXQ 20B-Z

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 93 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the load weight and driving speed.
L3: Can be used within the Allowable overhang range
in the selection graph if the load weight and driving
speed values are within the allowable range.

V = 300

7.0
6.0
5.0

V=

4.0

500

3.0
2.0
1.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 300 mm

0.0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Allowable overhang L [mm] L3: Overhang


Allowable range: 400 mm

120

Model Selection

MXQ

Series MXQ

Series MXQ
Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 94 for details.)
L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the pressing force and driving speed.

Double Ported Type, Single Side Ported Type, Height Interchangeable Type/For Pressing

MXQ16A-Z
OUT IN
side side

20

40

60

80

100

0.5/0.67

120

120

0.3/0.4

50

Allowable overhang L [mm]

100

MXQ20A-Z
OUT IN
side side

ST 10 to 30

0.7/
Pressing force N

Supply pressure MPa

15

5,

150

12

100

0.5/0.67

0,

50

190

200

Allowable overhang L [mm]

50

100

300

200

Pressing force N

Supply pressure MPa

OUT IN
side side

0.7/

0.5/0.67

50

150

490

5,1
12

100

690

0.3/0.4

Allowable overhang L [mm]

300

0.3/0.4

100

200

300

Allowable overhang L [mm]

Pressing force in the dotted line ranges are reference values as the pressing force may vary in these ranges.
ST = Stroke

121

250

ST

50

,10

40,

75

0.5/0.67

70

50

200

ST 10 to 40
ST 50, 75

0
ST 1

ST

ST

Pressing force N

0.7/

ST 10 to 30

150

MXQ25A-Z
OUT IN
side side

110

0.3/0.4

Allowable overhang L [mm]

MXQ12 AC -Z
160

0.7/

10

0.3/0.4

310

,7

30

440

ST 7

50

0.5/0.67

OUT IN
side side

ST 10 to 40
ST 50
ST

ST

ST 4

Pressing force N

70

200

Supply pressure MPa

MXQ8 AC -Z

50

150

Allowable overhang L [mm]

400

Supply pressure MPa

Pressing force N

0.3/0.4

200

25

17

0.5/0.67

0.7/

0,1
10
ST
75
ST

50
0,
,4
30

28

Supply pressure MPa

ST

, 20

10
ST

Pressing force N

280

0.7/

40

OUT IN
side side

ST 10 to 30
ST 40, 50

Supply pressure MPa

MXQ6A-Z

Model Selection

250

Pressing force N

Supply pressure MPa

120

300

Allowable overhang L [mm]

100

200

Pressing force N

400

15

300

0.5/0.67

5,

200

190

0.3/0.4

Allowable overhang L [mm]

12

100

100

,10

0.3/0.4

310

0.7/

ST

75

0, 5

30

ST

ST

ST 4

0.5/0.67

OUT IN
side side

ST 10 to 40
ST 50, 75

440

0.7/
Supply pressure MPa

ST 10 to 30

70
Pressing force N

400

MXQ20B-Z
OUT IN
side side

300

Allowable overhang L [mm]

MXQ8B-Z

50

0.3/0.4

100

200

300

400

Supply pressure MPa

Pressing force N

200

15

150

5,

100

12

50

0.5/0.67

0,

10

0.3/0.4

200

0.7/

ST

50

17

0.5/0.67

5
ST 7

40,

5
,7
50
ST

ST

28

280

0.7/

Supply pressure MPa

ST 10 to 30

40

OUT IN
side side

ST 10 to 40
ST 50

500

Allowable overhang L [mm]

MXQ12B-Z
0.7/

25

1
0,

10

70

100

0.3/0.4

200

300

Common Adjuster
Options

0.5/0.67

400

Auto Switch
Mounting

110

ST

Pressing force N

160

OUT IN
side side

Supply pressure MPa

ST 10 to 30
ST 40, 50
ST 75

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

MXQ16B-Z
OUT IN
side side

Double ported type


MXQA

Determine the overhang. (Refer to page 94 for details.)


L1, L2: Check from the cross point of the pressing force and driving speed.

Low Thrust with High Rigidity Type/For Pressing

MXQ6B-Z

Series MXQ

Allowable overhang L [mm]

Model Selection

Made to Order

Pressing force in the dotted line ranges are reference values as the pressing force may vary in these ranges.
ST = Stroke

122

Series MXQ
Table Deflection (Reference Values)
Table displacement due to
pitch moment load

Table displacement due to


yaw moment load

Table displacement due to


roll moment load

Displacement when a load is applied to


the part indicated by the arrow for the
entire stroke of the air slide table

Displacement when a load is applied to


the part indicated by the arrow for the
entire stroke of the air slide table

Displacement when a load is applied to


the part indicated by the arrow when the
air slide table is retracted

Lr

MXQ6(A)-Z

MXQ6(A)-Z

MXQ6(A)-Z

Lr = 40 mm

ST 50

0.025
0.020

ST 40

0.015

ST 30
0.010

ST 20

0.005
0

4
Load [N]

4
Load [N]

0.060

ST 50
0.040

ST 40
ST 10, 20, 30
0

10

0.006

ST 75

0.005

ST 30, 40, 50

0.004
0.003

ST 20

0.002

ST 10

0.001
0.000

15

0.100

ST 75
ST 40, 50
ST 10, 20, 30

ST = Stroke

30

Table displacement [mm]

Table displacement [mm]

0.150

20

MXQ8(AC)-Z,MXQ6B-Z Lr = 70 mm
ST 40

0.003

ST 50, 75

0.002

0.001

0.000

15

15

MXQ12(AC)-Z,MXQ8B-Z Lr = 90 mm
0.007

ST 100

0.010
0.008

ST 50, 75

0.006

ST 30, 40

0.004
0.002
0.000

10
Load [N]

0.012

ST 100

Load [N]

123

10

MXQ12(AC)-Z,MXQ8B-Z

0.200

10

4
Load [N]

Load [N]

MXQ12(AC)-Z,MXQ8B-Z

0.004

Load [N]

0.050

ST 10, 20, 30

0.080

0.020

ST 30, 40, 50
0.001

0.000

Table displacement [mm]

0.100

0.000

0.007

ST 75

Table displacement [mm]

Table displacement [mm]

MXQ8(AC)-Z,MXQ6B-Z

0.120

0.000

ST 10

0.001

0.000

MXQ8(AC)-Z,MXQ6B-Z

0.002

Table displacement [mm]

0.000

ST 10

ST 10, 20

ST 20, 30, 40, 50

0.003

Table displacement [mm]

Table displacement [mm]

Table displacement [mm]

0.030

ST 10, 20
0

10

20
Load [N]

30

0.006

ST 10, 20, 30
ST 40, 50

0.005
0.004

ST 75, 100

0.003
0.002
0.001
0.000

10

20
Load [N]

30

Model Selection

Series MXQ

Table displacement due to


yaw moment load

Table displacement due to


roll moment load

Displacement when a load is applied to


the part indicated by the arrow for the
entire stroke of the air slide table

Displacement when a load is applied to


the part indicated by the arrow for the
entire stroke of the air slide table

Displacement when a load is applied to


the part indicated by the arrow when the
air slide table is retracted

Lr

0.200

ST 100

0.150
0.100

ST 40, 50, 75
0.050
20

40

0.014

ST 100

0.012
0.010

ST 30, 40, 50, 75

0.008
0.006
0.004

ST 10, 20

0.000

60

20

Load [N]

ST 100
0.200

ST 75
ST 10, 20, 30, 40, 50
0

50
Load [N]

0.014

ST 75, 100

0.012

ST 40, 50

0.010

ST 30

0.008
0.006

ST 10, 20

0.004

50
Load [N]

ST 125
ST 100

0.150

ST 75

0.100

Table displacement [mm]

0.300

60

Lr = 160 mm

ST 50
ST 75

0.015
0.010

ST 100, 125, 150


0.005

0.015

0.025

ST 125

ST 100
ST 40, 50, 75

0.010

ST 10, 20, 30

0.005

20

40
Load [N]

60

MXQ25(A)-Z,MXQ20B-Z

ST 150

ST 150

0.350

40

ST 10, 20, 30, 40

0.020

0.000

100

MXQ25(A)-Z,MXQ20B-Z
0.020

0.200

20

ST 125, 150

0.016

0.000

0.450

0.250

0.002

100

MXQ25(A)-Z,MXQ20B-Z
0.400

0.002

0.025
Table displacement [mm]

0.300

0.100

0.004

MXQ20(A)-Z,MXQ16B-Z

Table displacement [mm]

ST 125

Table displacement [mm]

Table displacement [mm]

ST 150

0.400

ST 100, 125

0.006

Load [N]

0.018

0.500

ST 40, 50
ST 75

0.008

0.000

60

MXQ20(A)-Z,MXQ16B-Z

0.600

Table displacement [mm]

40

0.010

Load [N]

MXQ20(A)-Z,MXQ16B-Z

0.000

ST 10, 20, 30

0.002

ST 10, 20, 30
0

ST 125

80

Lr = 200 mm

ST 10, 20, 30, 40

0.020

ST 50, 75

0.015

ST 100
0.010

ST 125, 150
0.005

0.050
0.000

ST 10, 20, 30, 40, 50


0

50
Load [N]

100

0.000

50
Load [N]

100

Common Adjuster
Options

0.250

0.016

Table displacement [mm]

ST 125

Table displacement [mm]

Table displacement [mm]

0.300

Lr = 120 mm

0.012

Auto Switch
Mounting

0.018

0.350

0.000

MXQ16(A)-Z,MXQ12B-Z

Made to Order

MXQ16(A)-Z,MXQ12B-Z

0.000

50
Load [N]

100

ST = Stroke

124

Model Selection

MXQ16(A)-Z,MXQ12B-Z

Height interchangeable type Single side ported type Low thrust with high rigidity type
MXQ
MXQC
MXQB

Table displacement due to


pitch moment load

Double ported type


MXQA

Table Deflection (Reference Values)

Series MXQ

Specific Product Precautions 1


Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back cover for Safety Instructions, Handling
Precautions for SMC Products (M-E03-3) and the Operation Manual for Air Preparation
Equipment Precautions. Please download it via our website, http://www.smcworld.com

Mounting

Caution
1. Do not scratch or dent the mounting surface of the
body, table or end plate.

9. When mounting the body, use screws of appropriate


length and do not exceed the maximum tightening torque.

This can cause loss of parallelism in the mounting surfaces,


vibration in the guide unit and increased operating resistance, etc.

Tightening with a torque above the limit could malfunction. Whereas,


tightening insufficiently could result in misalignment or lead to a detachment.

2. Do not scratch or dent on the forward side of the


rail or guide.

1. Body tapped

L1

L2

This could result in looseness and increased operating


resistance, etc.

Caution Types other than the MXQ20(A) and MXQ25(A) have through
tapped holes. Use bolts that are 0.5 mm or shorter than the
maximum screw-in depth (L2). If long bolts are used, they can
touch the end plate and cause a malfunction etc.

3. Do not apply excessive power and load when work


is mounted.
If external forces greater than the allowable moment are
applied, looseness of the guide unit or increased operating
resistance could take place.

4. Flatness of mounting surface should be 0.02 mm or less.


Poor parallelism of the workpiece mounted on the body, the
base, and other parts can cause vibration in the guide unit and
increased operating resistance, etc.

5. Select the proper connection with the loads which


have external supports and/or guide mechanisms
on the outside, and align it properly.
6. Avoid contact with the body during operation.
Hands etc., may get caught in the stroke adjuster. Install a
cover as a safety measure if there are instances to be near
the slide table during operation.

7. Keep away from objects which are influenced by


magnets.

Model

Bolt

MXQ6
MXQ8
MXQ12
MXQ16
MXQ20
MXQ25
MXQ6A
MXQ8A
MXQ12A
MXQ16A
MXQ20A
MXQ25A
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B
MXQ8C
MXQ12C

M4 x 0.7
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M4 x 0.7
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8

2. Through hole
L

As the body magnets are built-in, do not allow close contact


with magnetic disks, magnetic cards or magnetic tapes. Data
may be erased.
Model

8. Do not touch the table section with a magnet.


Since the table is made from the magnetic substance, it could
become magnetised if it stuck by a magnet etc.
That could cause auto switches etc. to malfunction.

125

Max. tightening Screw-in depth Max. screw-in depth


L1 [mm]
L2 [mm]
torque [N.m]
2.1
5
8
2.1
8
11
4.4
11
15
7.4
14
19
7.4
9
18
12
2.1
8
11
2.1
8
11
4.4
8
12
7.4
12
17
7.4
9
18
12
2.1
5
8
4.4
4
9
7.4
7
12
7.4
10
15
18
14
20
2.1
6
9
4.4
8
12

MXQ6
MXQ8
MXQ12
MXQ16
MXQ20
MXQ25
MXQ6A
MXQ8A
MXQ12A
MXQ16A
MXQ20A
MXQ25A
MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B
MXQ8C
MXQ12C

Bolt
M3 x 0.5
M3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M3 x 0.5
M3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7

Max. tightening torque [N.m]


1.1
1.1
2.7
5.4
5.4
9.2
1.1
1.1
2.7
5.4
5.4
9.2
1.1
2.7
5.4
5.4
9.2
1.1
2.7

L [mm]
5.3
8.3
11.5
14.4
19.3
23.5
8.3
8.3
8.5
12.4
16.3
20.5
5.3
4.5
7.4
10.3
14.5
6.3
8.5

Series MXQ

Specific Product Precautions 2


Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back cover for Safety Instructions, Handling
Precautions for SMC Products (M-E03-3) and the Operation Manual for Air Preparation
Equipment Precautions. Please download it via our website, http://www.smcworld.com

Operating Environment

Mounting

Caution

Caution

1. Do not use in the environment, where the product


could be exposed to the liquid such as cutting oil etc.

3. Front mounting
L

Use in an environment where the product could be exposed to


cutting oil, coolant or oil, etc. could result in looseness, increased
operating resistance, or air leakage, etc.

Model

MXQ6(A)
MXQ8(A,C)
MXQ12(A,C)
MXQ16(A)
MXQ20(A)
MXQ25(A)

Bolt

MXQ6B
MXQ8B
MXQ12B
MXQ16B
MXQ20B

M3 x 0.5
M3 x 0.5
M3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1

Max. tightening
torque [Nm]
0.9
0.9
0.9
2.1
4.4
7.4

Max. screw-in
depth L [mm]
5
5
5
6
7
9

Min.

Max.

4. Top mounting

Guide block

Caution In order to prevent the work piece fixing bolt from hitting

the table, use a bolt of a length at least 0.5 mm shorter


than the maximum screw-in depth. If long bolts are
used, they can touch the guide block and cause
malfunction, etc.
Max. tightening Screw-in depth [mm]
Model
Bolt
torque [Nm]
Max.
Min.

M3 x 0.5
1.1
4.1
2.1
MXQ6(A)
M3 x 0.5
1.1
4.1
2.1
MXQ6B
MXQ8(A,C)
M4 x 0.7
2.7
5.7
2.7
MXQ12(A,C) MXQ8B
5.4
7.3
3.3
MXQ12B M5 x 0.8
MXQ16(A)
5.4
7.3
3.3
MXQ16B M5 x 0.8
MXQ20(A)
9.2
9
4
MXQ20B M6 x 1
MXQ25(A)

2. Do not use in an environment, where the product


could be exposed directly to foreign matters such
as powder dust, blown dust, cutting chip, spatter,
etc.
This could result in looseness and increased operating
resistance, and air leakage etc.
Please consult SMC regarding use in this kind of environment.

3. Do not use in direct sunlight.


4. When there are heat sources in the surrounding
area, block them off.
When there are heat sources in the surrounding area, radiated
heat may cause the products temperature to rise and exceed
the operating temperature range. Block off the heat with a
cover, etc.

5. Do not subject it to excessive vibration and/or impact.


Please consult SMC regarding use in this kind of environment,
as this can cause damage and malfunction.
Sufficient strength is of the table, but when it is damaged,
never touch it with bare hands as the broken section and the
fragments will be like a sharp-edged tool.

6. Be careful of the anti-corrosiveness of linear guide


section.
Martensitic stainless steel is used for the table and guide
block. But, use caution that anti-corrosiveness is inferior to the
austenitic stainless steel. Especially, rust may be generated in
an environment where waterdrops are likely to adhere due to
condensation etc.

10. The positioning hole on the table and on the bottom


of the body does not have the same centre. Use
these holes during reinstallation after the table has
been removed for the maintenance of an identical
product.

126

Safety Instructions

Caution:

These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or


equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with
the labels of Caution, Warning or Danger. They are all important notes for
safety and must be followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC)1),
and other safety regulations.

Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk


which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.

Warning:

Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of


risk which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

Danger :

Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk


which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power General rules relating to systems.


ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power General rules relating to systems.
IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines.
(Part 1: General requirements)
ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots - Safety.
etc.

Caution

Warning
1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the
person who designs the equipment or decides its specifications.
Since the product specified here is used under various operating conditions, its
compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by the person who designs
the equipment or decides its specifications based on necessary analysis and test
results. The expected performance and safety assurance of the equipment will be
the responsibility of the person who has determined its compatibility with the
product. This person should also continuously review all specifications of the
product referring to its latest catalogue information, with a view to giving due
consideration to any possibility of equipment failure when configuring the
equipment.

2. Only personnel with appropriate training should operate


machinery and equipment.
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The
assembly, operation and maintenance of machines or equipment including our
products must be performed by an operator who is appropriately trained and
experienced.

3. Do
.
not service or attempt to remove
machinery/equipment until safety is confirmed.

product

and

1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be


performed after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven objects
have been confirmed.
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as
mentioned above are implemented and the power from any appropriate source
is cut, and read and understand the specific product precautions of all relevant
products carefully.
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent
unexpected operation and malfunction.

4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety


measures if the product is to be used in any of the following
conditions.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use
outdoors or in a place exposed to direct sunlight.
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air
navigation, space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, combustion
and recreation, or equipment in contact with food and beverages, emergency
stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press applications, safety equipment
or other applications unsuitable for the standard specifications described in the
product catalogue.
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or
animals requiring special safety analysis.
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock for
possible failure by using a mechanical protective function, and periodical
checks to confirm proper operation.

1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries.


The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in
manufacturing industries.
If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand and
exchange specifications or a contract if necessary.
If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch.

Limited warranty and Disclaimer/


Compliance Requirements
The product used is subject to the following Limited warranty and Disclaimer
and Compliance Requirements.
Read and accept them before using the product.

Limited warranty and Disclaimer


1. The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5 years after
the product is delivered, wichever is first.2)
Also, the product may have specified durability, running distance or
replacement parts. Please consult your nearest sales branch.
2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty period which is clearly our
responsibility, a replacement product or necessary parts will be provided.
This limited warranty applies only to our product independently, and not to any
other damage incurred due to the failure of the product.
3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand the warranty terms
and disclaimers noted in the specified catalogue for the particular products.
2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty.
A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after it is delivered.
Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a product due to the use of the vacuum pad
or failure due to the deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited warranty.

Compliance Requirements
1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the manufacture of
weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any other weapon is strictly prohibited.
2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country to another are
governed by the relevant security laws and regulations of the countries involved
in the transaction. Prior to the shipment of a SMC product to another country,
assure that all local rules governing that export are known and followed.

Safety Instructions Be sure to read Handling Precautions for SMC Products (M-E03-3) before using.
SMC Corporation (Europe)

Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia

+43 (0)2262622800
+32 (0)33551464
+359 (0)2807670
+385 (0)13707288
+420 541424611
+45 70252900
+372 6510370
+358 207513513
+33 (0)164761000
+49 (0)61034020
+30 210 2717265
+36 23511390
+353 (0)14039000
+39 0292711
+371 67817700

SMC CORPORATION

www.smc.at
www.smcpneumatics.be
www.smc.bg
www.smc.hr
www.smc.cz
www.smcdk.com
www.smcpneumatics.ee
www.smc.fi
www.smc-france.fr
www.smc.de
www.smchellas.gr
www.smc.hu
www.smcpneumatics.ie
www.smcitalia.it
www.smclv.lv

office@smc.at
info@smcpneumatics.be
office@smc.bg
office@smc.hr
office@smc.cz
smc@smcdk.com
smc@smcpneumatics.ee
smcfi@smc.fi
promotion@smc-france.fr
info@smc.de
sales@smchellas.gr
office@smc.hu
sales@smcpneumatics.ie
mailbox@smcitalia.it
info@smclv.lv

Lithuania
Netherlands
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Turkey
UK

+370 5 2308118
+31 (0)205318888
+47 67129020
+48 (0)222119616
+351 226166570
+40 213205111
+7 8127185445
+421 (0)413213212
+386 (0)73885412
+34 902184100
+46 (0)86031200
+41 (0)523963131
+90 212 489 0 440
+44 (0)845 121 5122

www.smclt.lt
www.smcpneumatics.nl
www.smc-norge.no
www.smc.pl
www.smc.eu
www.smcromania.ro
www.smc-pneumatik.ru
www.smc.sk
www.smc.si
www.smc.eu
www.smc.nu
www.smc.ch
www.smcpnomatik.com.tr
www.smcpneumatics.co.uk

info@smclt.lt
info@smcpneumatics.nl
post@smc-norge.no
office@smc.pl
postpt@smc.smces.es
smcromania@smcromania.ro
info@smc-pneumatik.ru
office@smc.sk
office@smc.si
post@smc.smces.es
post@smc.nu
info@smc.ch
info@smcpnomatik.com.tr
sales@smcpneumatics.co.uk

Akihabara UDX 15F, 4-14-1, Sotokanda, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0021, JAPAN Phone: 03-5207-8249 FAX: 03-5298-5362

1st printing RU printing RU 00 Printed in Spain

Specifications are subject to change without prior notice and any obligation on the part of the manufacturer.